1  show

   You use the show command to display the value of one or more
   attributes of an entity. The general form of a show command is:

   ncl> show entity-name attribute-specifier,...

   An attribute-specifier can be the name of a particular attribute;
   for example:

   ncl> show node 0 ddcmp link link-5 protocol,transmit underruns,state

   displays the following attributes of the entity ddcmp link link-5:

   o  The characteristic protocol

   o  The counter transmit underruns

   o  The status state

   An attribute-specifier can also specify an entire class of
   attributes, as follows:

   o  all [attributes]

   o  all characteristics

   o  all counters

   o  all identifiers

   o  all status

   For example:

   ncl> show node 0 ddcmp link link-5 all counters, all status

   displays all counters and status attributes of the entity ddcmp
   link link-5.

   You can combine individual attribute names and attribute class
   names; for example:

   ncl> show node 0 ddcmp link link-5 protocol, all counters

   displays the value of the characteristic protocol and the value
   of all counters.

   There are a few attributes whose value cannot be displayed. These
   are usually attributes that represent secure information, such as
   passwords.

   The local node (node 0) is implied if no other node is specified.
   Therefore, "show implementation" is equivalent to "show node 0
   implementation", which is the command used to show the DECnet and 
   operating system versions of the local node. 

   Select an entity below for more information on the showable 
   attribute groups for that entity.  Or if you wish to quickly view 
   all the showable attributes of a particular entity at once, you 
   may use the wildcard character.  For example, to view the 
   showable attributes of osi transport, you could enter 
   "osi_tranport *" at the following "SHOW Subtopic?" prompt.

2  alias_(OpenVMS)

   show  [node node-id] alias  creation time
                               all [attributes]
                               all counters
 
   Example:

   show alias all

3  Counters
 
o  creation time

   Specifies the time at which the entity was created.




3  port

   show [node node-id] alias -
               port port-name attribute [,attribute...] 
                              all [attributes]
                              all identifiers
                              all status
                              all characteristics
                              all counters
 
   Example:

   show alias port * all


4  Characteristics

o  selection weight

   The number of sequential incoming connects to be passed to this
   member node in the round-robin sequence before proceeding to the
   next member node in the sequence. A value of zero means this node
   is not eligible to receive incoming connections to this alias
   address. Selection Weight is used to apportion incoming alias
   connections according to the capacity of each alias member. Nodes
   with greater capacity should have larger values of Selection
   Weight, while local area VMScluster satellities should generally
   have a value of zero. Values between 0 and 10 are suggested.

                                  NOTE

      The nsp maximum transport connection value determines the
      number of connections on an alias member. If the Alias Port
      is enabled, changing the nsp maximum transport connection
      value has no effect.


o  outgoing default

   Default:  False                 Value: Boolean

   Controls whether this alias is to be used as the default alias
   for this node.  If true, this alias node name will be used for
   connect requests on an outgoing connection from a session control
   application with the outgoing alias attribute set to true.


4  Counter
 

o  creation time

   Specifies the time at which the entity was created.
 

4  Identifier
 

o  name

   This string is the Port Identifier.  If DECdns is in use,
   it is also the DECdns-registered node object name of the 
   Alias psuedo-node.
 

4  Status
 

o  node-id

   The 6-byte node id field in the Alias pseudo-node's NSAP.
 

o  state

   Specifies the status of the alias entity.

   off   The alias entity is enabled

   on    The alias entity is enabled
 

2  csma-cd

   show  [node node-id] csma-cd  version
                                 all [attributes]
                                 all characteristics
 
   Example: 

   show csma-cd all

3  Characteristic
 

o  version

   Default: Current version number

   Version number of the CSMA/CD Data Link architecture
   specification to which the implementation conforms. You cannot
   modify this characteristic.


3  port  

   show [node node-id] csma-cd -
                 port port-name  attribute [,attribute...]
                                 all [attributes]
                                 all counters
                                 all identifiers
                                 all status
 
   The port-name can be either a simple name to uniquely
   identify a particular PORT instance, or a wildcard to
   identify multiple PORT instances.

   Examples:

   show csma-cd port CSMACD$ETA_0010 all

   show csma-cd port * all


4  Counters

   Unless stated otherwise, counts include both normal and multicast
   traffic and all protocol types, service access points (SAPs), and
   protocol identifiers.
 

o  creation time

   Time at which the port was created.
 

o  multicast octets received

   Number of multicast data octets that were successfully received
   and made available to the port user. The count is the number
   of octets in the CSMA/CD user data field and does not include
   MAC (medium access control, a sublayer of the CSMA/CD Data Link
   layer) headers. Comparing this count to the octets received count
   yields the gross percentage of bandwidth that was consumed (over
   time) by multicast PDUs received by the port.
 

o  multicast octets sent

   Number of multicast data octets that were successfully sent
   through the port. The count is the number of octets in the MAC
   user data field, including any padding or length fields; it does
   not include MAC headers. Comparing this count to the octets sent
   count yields the gross percentage of bandwidth that was consumed
   (over time) by multicast pdus transmitted by the port.
 

o  multicast pdus received

   Number of multicast PDUs that were successfully received and
   made available to the port user. Counted PDUs passed address and
   protocol filtering and were received without errors. Comparing
   this count to the pdus received count yields a gross percentage
   of CSMA/CD usage for multicast pdus received by this port.
 

o  multicast pdus sent

   Number of multicast PDUs that were successfully sent through the
   port. Comparing this count to the pdus sent count yields a gross
   percentage of CSMA/CD usage for multicast pdus sent by this port.
 

o  octets received

   Total number of MAC user data octets that were successfully
   received and made available to the port user. Counted frames
   passed address and protocol filtering for both individual and
   multicast MAC addresses and were received without errors. The
   count is the number of octets in the CSMA/CD user data field
   plus any padding, Ethernet length fields, or logical link control
   (LLC) header fields; it does not include MAC headers. Adding the
   octets received count to the protocol overhead calculated from
   the pdus received count yields the amount of CSMA/CD bandwidth
   consumed by frames received by the port.
 

o  octets sent

   Total number of user data octets that were successfully sent
   through the port. The count is the number of octets in the MAC
   user data field including any padding or length fields; it does
   not include MAC headers. Adding the octets sent count to the
   protocol overhead calculated from the pdus sent count yields the
   amount of CSMA/CD bandwidth consumed (over time) by frames sent
   by the port.
 

o  pdus received

   Total number of PDUs that were successfully received and made
   available to the port user. Counted PDUs passed address and
   protocol filtering and were received without errors. The count
   provides a gross measurement of incoming CSMA/CD usage by the
   port.
 

o  pdus sent

   Total number of PDUs that were successfully sent through the
   port. The count provides a gross measurement of outgoing CSMA/CD
   usage by the port.
 

o  unavailable user buffers

   Number of times that no user buffer was available at the port for
   an incoming frame that passed all filtering for the port. Used
   in conjunction with the pdus received count, this counter can
   indicate the rate of user buffer receive problems.
 

4  Identifier
 

o  name

   Simple name assigned to the port when it is created.
 

4  Status
 

o  client

   Name specified by the data link user when the port was opened.
 

o  ethernet protocol types

   Set of Ethernet protocol types that are currently recognized for
   this port.
 

o  length present

   The data link adds (1) a length field on transmit frames, and (2)
   assumes the presence of a length field and attempts to remove it
   on received Ethernet frames. When false, the data link does not
   add and remove length fields. This attribute is irrelevant for
   ISO 8802-3 formatted frames, which always have a length field.

   false The data link does not add and remove length fields.
   true  The data link adds and removes length fields.
 

o  llc sap addresses

   Set of individual and group logical link control (LLC) service
   access point (SAP) addresses that are currently recognized for
   this port.
 

o  llc service

   Type of LLC (logical link control) PDU processing that is
   required on the port (as defined by the user when the port was
   opened).

   class 1        The data link provides class 1, type 1 service.

   user-          The user is responsible for handling the LLC
   supplied       protocol.
 

o  mac addresses

   Set of individual and multicast MAC (medium access control)
   addresses that are currently recognized for this port.
 

o  receive mode

   Type of receive mode that is currently enabled for the port.

   normal         The port receives only those frames that meet the
                  normal address and protocol filtering requirements
                  requested by the user.

   promiscuous    The port receives all frames regardless of format
                  and MAC address.
 

o  snap protocol identifiers

   Set of subnetwork access protocol (SNAP) identifiers that are
   currently recognized for this port.
 

o  station

   Name of the station associated with this port as specified by the
   user when the port was opened.
 

o  uid

   Entity's unique identifier, which is generated when the port is
   created.
 

3  station

   show [node node-id] csma-cd -
           station station-name  attribute [,attribute...]
                                 all [attributes]
                                 all characteristics   
                                 all counters
                                 all identifiers
                                 all status
 
   Examples:

   show csma-cd station * station buffers

   show csma-cd station * all

   show csma-cd station csmacd-1 all


4  Characteristic
 

o  station buffers

   Default: implementation specific             Value: 1-64

   Number of receive buffers reserved for the station. You cannot
   modify this characteristic.
 

4  Counters

   Unless stated otherwise, counts include both normal and multicast
   traffic and all protocol types, service access points (SAPs), and
   protocol identifiers.
 

o  alignment errors

   Number of times a received frame did not contain an integral
   number of octets.
 

o  carrier check failures

   Number of times the data link did not sense the receive carrier
   signal or detected an error in the receive carrier signal during
   transmission of a frame.
 

o  collision detect check failures

   Number of times the collision detect test signal was not sensed
   after a transmission. If this count approximates the number of
   frames sent, either the collision detect circuitry is not working
   correctly or the test signal is not implemented.
 

o  creation time

   Time at which the station was created.
 

o  data overruns

   Number of times the hardware lost one or more consecutive,
   partially complete, incoming frames because it could not keep
   up with the incoming frame rate. Used in conjunction with pdus
   received, this count provides a measure of hardware resource and
   bandwidth failures.
 

o  excessive collisions

   Number of times a transmission failed because the maximum
   allowable number of retransmission attempts all culminated in
   collisions.
 

o  frame check errors

   Number of times a received frame containing an integral number of
   octets failed the frame check sequence (FCS).
 

o  frame size errors

   Number of times the user requested transmission of a frame
   outside the range of valid frame sizes.
 

o  frames too long

   Number of times a received frame exceeded the maximum length
   allowed by CSMA/CD medium access control.
 

o  initially deferred pdus sent

   Number of times a PDU was deferred by the station access
   algorithm on the first attempt at transmission, but was then
   transmitted successfully without collision. Used in conjunction
   with pdus sent, this count measures the rate of CSMA/CD
   contention with no collisions.
 

o  late collisions

   Number of times a collision was detected after the allotted time
   for collisions had expired.
 

o  multicast octets received

   Number of multicast data octets that were successfully received.
   The count is the number of octets in the CSMA/CD user data field
   and does not include MAC headers. Comparing this count to the
   octets received count yields the gross percentage of bandwidth
   that was consumed (over time) by multicast frames received by the
   local system.
 

o  multicast octets sent

   Number of multicast data octets that were successfully sent.
   The count is the number of octets in the MAC user data field,
   including any padding or length fields; it does not include MAC
   headers. Comparing this count to the octets sent count yields the
   gross percentage of bandwidth that was consumed (over time) by
   multicast frames transmitted by the local system.
 

o  multicast pdus received

   Number of multicast PDUs that were successfully received.
   Comparing this count to the pdus received count yields a gross
   percentage of CSMA/CD usage for multicast PDUs received by this
   system.
 

o  multicast pdus sent

   Number of multicast PDUs that were successfully sent. Comparing
   this count to the pdus sent count yields a gross percentage of
   CSMA/CD usage for multicast PDUs sent by this system.
 

o  multiple collisions pdus sent

   Number of times a PDU was successfully transmitted on the third
   or later attempt by the station access algorithm after normal
   collisions on previous attempts. Used in conjunction with pdus
   sent, this count provides a measure of CSMA/CD media contention
   at a level where there are collisions and the backoff algorithm
   no longer works efficiently.
 

o  octets received

   Total number of MAC user data octets that were successfully
   received from frames that passed address and protocol filtering
   for both individual and multicast MAC addresses. The count is
   the number of octets in the CSMA/CD user data field plus any
   padding, Ethernet length fields, or LLC header fields; it does
   not include MAC headers. Adding the octets received count to the
   protocol overhead calculated from the pdus received count yields
   the amount of CSMA/CD bandwidth consumed by frames received by
   the local system.
 

o  octets sent

   Total number of user data octets that were successfully sent.
   The count is the number of octets in the MAC user data field
   including any padding or length fields; it does not include MAC
   headers. Adding the octets sent count to the protocol overhead
   calculated from the pdus sent count yields the amount of CSMA
   /CD bandwidth consumed (over time) by frames sent by the local
   system.

 
o  pdus received

   Total number of PDUs that passed address and protocol filtering
   and were received without errors. The count provides a gross
   measurement of incoming CSMA/CD usage by the local system; this
   information can be used in conjunction with other counters to
   approximate the average receive frame size or to determine the
   ratio of errors to successful receives.
 

o  pdus sent

   Total number of PDUs successfully sent. The count provides a
   gross measurement of outgoing CSMA/CD usage by the local system;
   this information can be used in conjunction with other counters
   to approximate the average transmit frame size or to determine
   the ratio of errors to successful transmissions.
 

o  receive data length errors

   Number of times a frame was received with a length field value
   that was invalid for the number of octets actually received by
   medium access control.
 

o  send data length errors

   Number of times the user requested transmission of an 802.3 frame
   with a length field value that was not valid for the number of
   octets actually passed.
 

o  single collision pdus sent

   Number of times a PDU was successfully transmitted on the second
   attempt by the station access algorithm after a normal collision
   occurred on the first attempt. Used in conjunction with pdus
   sent, this count provides a measure of CSMA/CD media contention
   at a level where there are collisions, but the backoff algorithm
   still works efficiently.
 

o  station failures

   Number of times that the station self-testing procedures reported
   failure.
 

o  unavailable station buffers

   Number of times a complete, fully received PDU was discarded
   because no station buffer was available. Used with pdus received,
   this count provides a measure of receive problems related to the
   station buffer.
 

o  unavailable user buffers

   Number of times no user buffer was available for an incoming
   frame that passed all filtering for the port. Used in conjunction
   with the pdus received count, this counter can indicate the rate
   of user buffer receive problems.
 

o  unrecognized individual destination pdus

   Number of times a received PDU with an individual destination MAC
   address was discarded because there was no port with the correct
   Ethernet protocol type, SNAP protocol identifier, or link logical
   control SAP address enabled.
 

o  unrecognized multicast destination pdus

   Number of times a received PDU with a multicast destination MAC
   address was discarded because there was no port with the correct
   Ethernet protocol type, SNAP protocol identifier, or link logical
   control SAP address enabled.
 

4  Identifier
 

o  name

   Simple name assigned to the station when it is created.
 

4  Status
 

o  address filters

   All individual MAC addresses currently enabled by any of the
   ports on the station.
 

o  communication port

   DECnet-Plus device name for the station.
 

o  hardware address

   Individual medium access control (MAC) address that was assigned
   during manufacture of the communications hardware that is
   associated with the station.
 

o  mac address

   Current MAC address (if any) of the station. For more information
   about the MAC address, see the enable command.
 

o  receive mode

   Current receive mode for the station. Some stations may not
   support all modes.

   normal         The station receives only those frames (individual
                  and multicast) that meet the normal format,
                  protocol, and access control requirements.

   all            The station receives all individual-addressed
   multicast      frames that meet the normal format, protocol, and
                  address requirements, and all multicast-addressed
                  frames regardless of their format, protocol, and
                  address types. This function is only supported on
                  OpenVMS.

   promiscuous    The station receives all frames (individual and
                  multicast) regardless of format, Ethernet protocol
                  type, SNAP identifier, LLC SAP address, or MAC
                  address. This function is only supported on
                  OpenVMS.
 

o  state

   Operational state of the station.

   failed         Either an attempt to enable the station failed
                  during the self-test or the station was on and the
                  data link determined that the station would now
                  fail the self-test.

   initializing   The station is currently being initialized and
                  tested by the data link.

   off            The station is disabled.

   on             The station is enabled and available for use.

   For more information on station states, see the Network
   Management manual.
 

o  uid

   Entity's unique identifier, which is generated when the station
   is created.


2  ddcmp_(OpenVMS_VAX)

   show  [node node-id] ddcmp  dna version
                               all [attributes]
                               all characteristics

   Example:

   show ddcmp all

3  Characteristic
 

o  dna version

   Version number of the DDCMP architecture specification to
   which the implementation conforms. You cannot modify this
   characteristic.


3  link

   show [node node-id] ddcmp -
               link link-name  attribute [,attribute...]
                               all [attributes]
                               all characteristics
                               all counters
                               all identifiers
                               all status
 
   Examples:

   show ddcmp link * name

   show ddcmp link ddcmp-0 all char

4  Characteristics
 

o  dead timer

   Default: 10000         Value: 1-65535

   Specifies the delay, in milliseconds, between polls of one of the
   set of dead tributaries. This attribute is supported only if the
   characteristic protocol is set to control.
 

o  delay timer

   Default: 0             Value: 0-65535

   Specifies the minimum delay, in milliseconds, between polls. You
   can use this timer to limit the effect of a fast control station
   on slower tributaries. A value of 0 means that no delay is added.
   This attribute is supported only if the characteristic protocol
   is set to control.
 

o  physical line

   Default: No name       Value: Local entity name

   Name of the Physical layer entity that the link operates over. A
   value for this characteristic must be set before the link entity
   is enabled. You can modify this characteristic only when the
   entity is disabled.
 

o  protocol

   Default: Point         Value: See following description

   Protocol mode used by the local station. You cannot modify this
   characteristic.

   The value of this characteristic is a copy of the protocol
   argument specified when the ddcmp link entity is created. The
   default value is point and is the only permissible value.
 

o  receive buffers

   Default: 4             Value: 1-255

   Specifies the number of receive buffers reserved for the link.
   You can modify this characteristic only when the entity is
   disabled. Also, you can only increase the characteristic value.
 

o  retransmit timer

   Default: 3000          Value: 1-65535

   Maximum time (in milliseconds) to wait between sending a message
   and receiving a valid response. If this time expires, the local
   station takes error recovery action. On full-duplex point-to-
   point links, the timer is started immediately when a message is
   sent.
 

o  scheduling timer

   Default: 200           Value: 50-65535

   Specifies the time, in milliseconds, between the recalculation of
   tributary polling priorities. This attribute is supported only if
   the characteristic protocol is set to control.
 

o  stream timer

   Default: 6000          Value: 0-65535

   Specifies the time, in milliseconds, for which a tributary or
   the remote station (on a half-duplex point-to-point link) can
   hold the line. This characteristic is not supported if the
   characteristic protocol is set to tributary.
 

4  Counters
 

o  creation time

   Time at which this entity was created.
 

o  naks received indicating message header format error

   Number of NAK messages received that report errors in message
   headers sent from the local station.
 

o  naks received indicating receive overrun

   Number of NAK messages received that report a receive overrun at
   the remote station.
 

o  pdus received with message header format error

   Number of times the local station detected an error in a message
   header.
 

o  receive overruns

   Number of times the local station detected a receive overrun.
 

o  selection address errors

   Number of times that the controller of a multipoint link
   received a message with an address other than that of the
   currently selected station. This counter is supported only if
   the characteristic protocol is set to control.
 

o  streaming tributaries

   Number of times that the remote station (or a tributary station)
   exceeded the maximum transmission interval without releasing
   the line, or failed to release the line after sending a message
   with the select flag set. This counter is present only on half-
   duplex, point-to-point links, or when the local station is a
   controller of a multipoint link. This counter is not supported if
   the protocol characteristic is set to tributary.
 

o  transmit underruns

   Number of times the local station detected a transmit underrun.
 

4  Identifier
 

o  name

   Simple name assigned to the link when it is created.
 

4  Status
 

o  physical port

   Name of the port entity in the Physical layer returned when the
   port is opened. If this is null, the port is not open.
 

o  state

   State of the DDCMP link. The value of this attribute is
   determined by the enable and disable commands.

   off      The entity is disabled.

   on       The entity is enabled.

   In addition the link is disabled and its state set to off if the
   Physical layer port that the link uses is deleted.
 

o  uid

   Entity's unique identifier, which is generated when the entity is
   created.
 

4  logical_station

   show [node node-id] ddcmp -
      link link-name -
         logical station station-name  attribute [,attribute...]
                                       all [attributes]
                                       all characteristics
                                       all counters
                                       all identifiers
                                       all status

   The link-name must be a simple name which uniquely represents
   a particular LINK instance.  The station-name can be either
   a simple name which uniquely identifies a particular 
   logical station or a wildcard which identifies multiple
   logical stations.


   Examples:

   show ddcmp link ddcmp-0 logical station * name
   show ddcmp link ddcmp-0 logical station ddcmp-0 all

5  Characteristics
 
o  active base

   Default: 255           Value: 0-255

   Specifies the base priority to which an active tributary is reset
   after it has been polled.

   This characteristic is supported only if the characteristic
   protocol of the owning ddcmp link entity is set to control.
 

o  active increment

   Default: 0             Value: 0-255

   Specifies the value to be added to the active tributary priority
   each time the scheduling timer expires.

   This characteristic is supported only if the characteristic
   protocol of the owning ddcmp link entity is set to control.
 

o  address

   Default: 1             Value: 1-255

   Data link address of the remote station or tributary. You can
   modify this characteristic only when the entity is disabled.
 

o  babble timer

   Default: 6000          Value: 1-65535

   Specifies the time, in milliseconds, for which a selected
   tributary or remote station is allowed to transmit. This
   characteristic is not used on full-duplex links.

   This characteristic is not supported if the characteristic
   protocol of the owning ddcmp link entity is set to tributary.
 

o  buffer source

   Default:  Implementation-specific    Value: See description

   Specifies the source of the receive buffers.

   client         Buffers are provided by the client entity.
   supplied

   common pool    Buffers are assigned from the common buffer pool.

   This characteristic is supported only if the characteristic
   protocol of the owning ddcmp link entity is set to control. You
   can modify this characteristic only when the entity is disabled.
 

o  dead threshold

   Default: 8             Value: 0-255

   Specifies the number of times that an active, inactive, or dying
   tributary is polled before its status attribute polling substate
   is changed to dead because of receive timeouts.

   This characteristic is supported only if the characteristic
   protocol of the owning ddcmp link entity is set to control.
 

o  dying base

   Default: 0             Value: 0-255

   Specifies the base priority to which a dying tributary is reset
   after being polled.

   This characteristic is supported only if the characteristic
   protocol of the owning ddcmp link entity is set to control.
 

o  dying increment

   Default: 16            Value: 0-255

   Specifies the value to be added to a dying tributary's priority
   each time the scheduling timer expires.

   This characteristic is supported only if the characteristic
   protocol of the owning ddcmp link entity is set to control.
 

o  dying threshold

   Default: 2             Value: 0-255

   Specifies the number of times an active or inactive tributary is
   polled before its status attribute polling substate is changed to
   dying because of receive timeouts.

   This characteristic is supported only if the characteristic
   protocol of the owning ddcmp link entity is set to control.
 

o  holdback timer

   Default: 0             Value: 0-13000

   Maximum time (in milliseconds) that the local station can delay
   acknowledging a received message if there is no data to send.

   The value of this characteristic is linked to the retransmit
   timer used on the remote station. A suggested value is between
   10% and 20% of that timer. However, the actual values you can use
   may be limited by the communications product.

   The default value indicates that no holdback is used and the
   local station must acknowledge immediately.
 

o  inactive base

   Default: 0             Value: 0-255

   Specifies the priority to which an inactive tributary is reset
   after it has been polled.

   This characteristic is supported only if the characteristic
   protocol of the owning ddcmp link entity is set to control.
 

o  inactive increment

   Default: 64            Value: 0-255

   Specifies the value to be added to an inactive tributary's
   priority each time the scheduling timer expires.

   This characteristic is supported only if the characteristic
   protocol of the owning ddcmp link entity is set to control.
 

o  inactive threshold

   Default: 8             Value: 0-255

   Specifies the number of times an active tributary is polled
   before its status attribute polling substate is changed to
   inactive because of no data response.

   This characteristic is supported only if the characteristic
   protocol of the owning ddcmp link entity is set to control.
 

o  maximum buffers

   Default: 4             Value: Implementation specific

   Specifies the maximum number of buffers that a tributary can
   use from the common buffer pool. A value of 0 means that
   there is no limit to the number of buffers that can be used.
   This characteristic is supported only if the buffer source
   characteristic is set to common pool.

   This characteristic is supported only if the characteristic
   protocol of the owning ddcmp link entity is set to control. You
   can modify this characteristic only when the entity is disabled.
   Also, you can only increase the characteristic value.
 

o  maximum transmit

   Default: 4             Value: 1-255

   Specifies the maximum number of messages that a tributary or a
   remote half-duplex station can send at one time. The value of
   this characteristic must be greater than or equal to that of
   transmit window on the selected station.

   This characteristic is not supported if either of the following
   conditions is true:

   o  The characteristic protocol of the owning ddcmp link entity is
      set to tributary.

   o  The communications link is full-duplex and point-to-point.

   You cannot modify this characteristic.
 

o  polling state

   Default: Automatic     Value: See description.

   Specifies the effect of the local station's polling algorithm
   on the state of a tributary. The value of this characteristic is
   reflected in the value of the status attribute polling substate.

   active     The state is locked to active.

   automatic  The state varies according to the operation of the
              polling algorithm.

   dead       The state is locked to dead.

   dying      The state is locked to dying.

   inactive   The state is locked to inactive.

   This characteristic is supported only if the characteristic
   protocol of the owning ddcmp link entity is set to control.
 

o  transmit timer

   Default: 0             Value: 0-65535

   Specifies the time, in milliseconds, that the local station waits
   between data transmissions.

   This characteristic is supported only if the characteristic
   protocol of the owning ddcmp link entity is set to control.
 

o  transmit window

   Default: 1             Value: 1-255

   Specifies the maximum number of data messages that the local
   station can send without receiving an acknowledgment. This
   characteristic applies only when the remote station is a control
   station or on a half-duplex, point-to-point link. The value of
   this characteristic must be less than or equal to the equivalent
   of the maximum transmit characteristic on the control station or
   remote station.
 

5  Counters
 

o  buffers temporarily unavailable

   Number of times the local station could not service messages
   from the remote station because there were no receive buffers
   available.
 

o  buffers too small

   Number of times the local station could not service messages from
   the remote station because the receive buffers were not large
   enough.
 

o  creation time

   Time at which this entity was created.
 

o  incomplete replies to select

   Specifies the number of selection intervals that were not
   properly terminated (that is, by a message with the Select bit
   set in the header), during which a transmission was received or
   an attempt at transmission was detected.

   This counter is supported only if the protocol characteristic of
   the owning ddcmp link entity is set to control, or when the link
   is a half-duplex point-to-point link.
 

o  local reply timeouts

   Number of times the local station failed to receive an
   acknowledgment before the reply timer expired.
 

o  locally initiated state changes

   Number of times that the station protocol state changed through
   action of the local station.
 

o  naks received indicating buffer too small

   Number of times the remote station reported that it could not
   service a message because the receive buffer was not large
   enough.
 

o  naks received indicating buffers temporarily unavailable

   Number of times the remote station reported that it could not
   service a message because no receive buffer was available.
 

o  naks received indicating data field block check error

   Number of times the remote station reported that a block check
   error was detected in the data field of an incoming message.
 

o  naks received indicating header block check error

   Number of times the remote station reported that a block check
   error was detected in the header block of an incoming message.
 

o  naks received indicating rep response

   Number of times the remote station reported that it did not
   receive all the messages sent from the local station.
 

o  naks sent with rep response

   Number of times that the local station detected that not all
   of the messages sent from the remote station were received
   correctly.
 

o  no replies to select

   Specifies the number of times that the select timer expired for
   any of the following reasons:

   o  No valid control message was received.

   o  No valid header to a data message was received.

   o  No valid header to a maintenance message from the selected
      station was received.

   o  No transmission from the remote station was received.

   This counter is supported only if the protocol characteristic of
   the owning ddcmp link entity is set to control, or when the link
   is a half-duplex point-to-point link.
 

o  pdus received with data field check block error

   Number of messages received with a check error in the data field.
 

o  pdus received with header block check error

   Number of messages received with a check error in the header
   block.
 

o  receive error thresholds reached

   Number of times that the receive error threshold has been
   reached.
 

o  remote reply timeouts

   Number of times the local station received a REP message and
   sent an acknowledgment in return. This sequence indicates that
   all messages sent from the remote station have been correctly
   received.
 

o  remotely initiated state changes

   Number of changes in the station protocol state caused by action
   of the remote station.
 

o  sdu octets received

   Number of data octets received from the remote station.
 

o  sdu octets sent

   Number of data octets sent to the remote station.
 

o  sdus received

   Number of data messages received from the remote station (not
   including retransmissions).
 

o  sdus sent

   Number of data messages sent to the remote station (not including
   retransmissions).
 

o  selection error thresholds reached

   Number of times that the selection error threshold has been
   reached.

   This counter is not supported if the characteristic protocol of
   the owning ddcmp link entity is set to tributary.
 

o  selection intervals

   Number of times that the local station selected the remote or a
   tributary station. The counter does not appear if the link uses
   the tributary protocol. In addition, the counter appears only
   when the local station is the control station for a number of
   tributaries, or is operating over a half-duplex point-to-point
   link.

   This counter is supported only if the protocol characteristic of
   the owning ddcmp link entity is set to control, or when the link
   is a half-duplex point-to-point link.
 

o  send error thresholds reached

   Number of times that the send error threshold has been reached.
 

o  strts received while in maintenance

   Number of times that the local station received a STRT protocol
   message while in the Maintenance state.
 

5  Identifier
 

o  name

   Simple name assigned to the link logical station when it is
   created.
 

5  Status

o  polling substate

   Specifies the state of a tributary as determined by the polling
   algorithm. This attribute applies only when the value of the
   link's protocol characteristic is set to control. The value of
   this attribute is affected by the value of the characteristic
   polling state. If the characteristic polling state is set to
   automatic, the value of this status attribute reflects the
   current state of the polling algorithm. For all other values of
   the polling state characteristic, the values of both attributes
   are the same.

   active      The tributary is active and responds with data when
               selected.

   dead        The tributary did not respond when selected within
               the appropriate timeout period, when already in
               the Dying or Inactive state. The tributary will be
               ignored until the station reinitializes.

   dying       The tributary, currently in the Inactive or Active
               state, has not responded within the appropriate
               timeout period when selected.

   inactive    The tributary has not sent any data when selected
               by the control station. However, the tributary has
               responded with an appropriate message when selected.
 

o  protocol state

   State of the data link protocol with the remote station.

   halted         The protocol is stopped and no messages are being
                  exchanged with the remote station.

   maintenance    The protocol is off line and dealing with
                  maintenance messages only.

   running        The protocol is on line and is exchanging messages
                  with the remote station.

   starting       There is an attempt to initialize the protocol
                  between the local and remote stations. This uses
                  the STRT and STACK PDUs.
 

o  state

   Operational state of the local logical station.

   off            The station is disabled.

   on             The station is enabled.
 

o  uid

   Entity's unique identifier, which is generated when the entity is
   created.


3  port


   show  [node node-id] ddcmp -
                port port-name  attribute [,attributes...]
                                all [attributes]
                                all identifiers
                                all status
 
   Examples:

   show ddcmp port * all
  
   show ddcmp port $0 all


4  Identifier
 

o  name

   Simple name assigned to the port when it is created.
 

4  Status
 

o  client

   Name of the client entity.
 

o  link

   Name of the DDCMP link that the client is using.
 

o  logical station

   Name of the DDCMP link logical station supplied by the client
   when the port was opened.
 

o  state

   State of the port.

   call           The port is assigned to a client and the link
   attached       is associated with the current call on the
                  line. Applies only when the link operates over
                  a switched line.

   open           The port is assigned to a client.

   open           The port is assigned to a client, but the link
   disabled       or logical station entity used by the port is
                  disabled.
 

o  type

   Type of port.

   normal         For normal data communications.

   service        For service operations. This is the value that
                  modules such as MOP would use.


2  device

   show  [node node-id] device  attribute [,attribute]
                                all [attributes]
                                all characteristics
                                all status

   Example:

   show device * all

3  Characteristic
 

o  version

   Version of the device architecture to which the implementation
   conforms. You cannot modify this characteristic.
 

3  Status
 

o  uid

   Entity's unique identifier, which is generated when the entity is
   created.
 

3  unit

   show [node node-id] device -
              unit simple-name  attribute [,attribute...]
                                all [attributes]
                                all characteristics
                                all counters
                                all identifiers
                                all status
 
   Example:

   show device unit * name

   show device unit device-1 all


4  Characteristics
 

o  auto load

   Default: True          Value: True or false

   Specifies whether the device should try to load its microcode
   without management intervention. Autoloading would occur after
   initialization, a failure, or a dump.
 

o  device

   Physical device to which this device unit entity is related.
   The value of this characteristic is a copy of the name argument
   specified when this entity is created.
 

o  dump destination

   File specification to hold the contents of the device's microcode
   when a dump occurs.

   For Tru64 UNIX, the default value for the dump destination is
   /usr/var/xxx.dump where xxx is the device specification. For
   example: /usr/var/dsv.dump. 
 

o  dump on error

   Default: False         Value: True or false

   Whether a device should try to dump its microcode after a device
   failure. Set this characteristic only for those devices that
   support the dump operation.
 

o  load source

                          Value: File specification

   File specification that contains the device's microcode. This is
   used during a load operation. 

   For Tru64 UNIX, the default value is /usr/var/xxx.firmware, where
   xxx is the device specification. For example: /usr/var/dsv.firmware. 
 

4  Counters
 

o  creation time

   Time at which this entity was created.
 

o  device failures

   Number of times the unit has failed.
 

o  failed dumps

   Number of times an attempt to dump the device's microcode has
   failed.
 

o  failed loads

   Number of times an attempt to load the device's microcode has
   failed.
 

o  forced dumps

   Number of times the dump command has been used to force the
   device to dump its microcode.
 

o  forced loads

   Number of times the load command has been used to load the
   device's microcode.
 

o  successful dumps

   Number of times the device has successfully dumped its microcode.
 

o  successful loads

   Number of times the device has successfully loaded its microcode.
 

4  Identifier
 

o  name

   Simple name assigned to the device unit when it is created.
 

4  Status
 

o  firmware identifier

   Implementation-specific string that identifies the firmware
   loaded into a device.
 

o  operational communication port (OpenVMS)

   Specifies which channels of a multiple-line device unit are
   determined to be working by the module self-test. Each name
   identifies a working device communication port. Channels that
   are not named are not operational. 
 

o  state

   Current state of the communications device.

   disabled       The device unit entity has been created, but an
                  enable directive has not yet been issued.

   dump failed    An attempt to dump the device's microcode
                  has failed. This value appears only if the
                  characteristic auto load is false.

   dumping        An attempt to dump the device's microcode is in
                  progress.

   load failed    An attempt to load the device's microcode has
                  failed. This value appears only if auto load is
                  false.

   loading        An attempt to load the device's microcode is in
                  progress.

   running        The device's microcode has been loaded and the
                  device is ready to send and receive data.

   stopped        This state can occur in one of the following
                  circumstances:

                  o  The device entity unit has been enabled and
                     auto load is false.

                  o  The device has been reinitialized by the
                     system.

                  o  The device failed, a dump operation has
                     completed (the characteristic auto dump is
                     true, but the characteristic auto load is
                     false).

o  uid

   Entity's unique identifier, which is generated when the entity is
   created.


2  dtss

   show [node node-id] dtss  attribute [,attribute...]
                             all [characteristics]
                             all characteristics
                             all counters
                             all status

   Examples:

   show dtss type

   show dtss all
                          

3  Characteristics

o  acting courier role
 
   Default: noncourier         Value: courier or noncourier

   Specifies whether a backup courier is currently functioning
   as a courier. If the role is noncourier, then the node is not
   attempting to synchronize with global servers.


o  advertisement interval

   Default: 0-01:30:00.000    Value: 0-00:00:30.000-99-99:99:99.999

   Specifies the amount of time between a server's advertisement
   broadcasts.


o  check interval

   Default: 0-01:30:00.00     Value: 0-00:00:30.000-99-99:99:99.999

   Specifies the amount of time between checks for faulty servers.
   Applicable only to servers that have external time-providers.


o  clock adjustment rate

   Specifies the rate at which the DECdts server or clerk entity
   adjusts the node's clock during a synchronization.


o  courier role

   Default: noncourier        Value: See following description.
    
   Specifies a server's interaction with the set of global servers.

   backup courier   The local server becomes a courier if none are
                    available on the LAN.

   courier          The local server synchronizes with the global set
                    of servers.

   noncourier       The local server does not routinely synchronize
                    with the global set of servers.


o  DNA Version

   Specifies the Distributed Network Architecture version to which
   the DECdts software conforms.


o  DTSS Version

   Specifies the DTSS module/DECdts software version installed on the
   node.


o  epoch number

   Default: 0                 Value: 0-255

   Specifies the server's epoch number. The change command modifies
   this characteristic.
 

o  error tolerance

   Default: 0-00:10:00.000    Value: 0-00:00:00.500-99-99:99:99.999

   Specifies the maximum separation allowed between the local clock
   and the computed time before synchronizations become abrupt rather
   than gradual (monotonic).


o  global directory

   Specifies the full name of the DECdns directory that contains the
   list of DECdts servers that belong to the global set.


o  lan timeout

   Default: 0-00:00:02.000    Value: 0-00:00:01.000-0-00:05:00.000

   Specifies the amount of time the node waits for a response
   to a synchronization request before sending another request
   or declaring a server to be unavailable. The node sends
   three requests before declaring a non-responding server to be
   unavailable.


o  maximum clock drift rate

   Specifies the worst case drift rate of the node's clock, in
   nanoseconds per second, as determined by the manufacturer's
   specifications.


o  maximum inaccuracy

   Default: 0-00:01:40.00     Value: 0-00:00:00.0 - 99 99:99:99.99

   Specifies the inaccuracy limit for the node. When the node exceeds
   the maximum inaccuracy setting, it attempts to synchronize.


o  query attempts

   Default: 3                 Value: 1-10
   
   Specifies the number of attempts that a node makes to contact a
   server before the node considers the server unavailable.
 

o  servers required

   Default: 3 (servers)       Value: 1-32
             1 (clerks)

   Specifies the minimum number of servers the specified node must
   successfully query for time values before it can synchronize.


o  synchronization hold down

   Default: 0-00:10:00.0(Clerks) Value: 0-00:00:30.0- 01 00:00:00.00
             0-00:02.00.0-(Servers)

   Specifies the interval a node must wait to synchronize. Also
   specifies synchronization frequency when a node reaches the value
   specified by the maximum inaccuracy characteristic.


o  time provider present

   Default: false              Value: True or false
  
   Specifies whether or not the entity used an external time-provider
   at the last synchronization. This attribute applies to servers
   only.


o  time representation version

   Specifies the timestamp version (format) used by the installed
   DECdts software.


o  type

   Specifies whether the node is a DECdts server or clerk. The create
   command modifies this characteristic.


o  wan timeout

   Default: 0-00:00:15.000    Value: 0-00:00:01.000-0-00:10:00.000

   Specifies the amount of time the node waits for a response to a
   WAN synchronization request before sending another request and
   declaring a global server to be unavailable. The node sends three
   requests before declaring a non-responding global server to be
   unavailable.

3  Counters

o  clock settings

   Specifies the number of times that the node clock has been set
   nonmonotonically (abruptly).


o  creation time

   Specifies the time at which the DECdts entity was created and the
   counters were initialized.


o  different epochs detected

   Specifies the number of times that the node received time response
   messages from servers or clerks that had epoch numbers different
   from its own.


o  disable directives completed

   Specifies the number of times that DECdts has been disabled.


o  enable directives completed

   Specifies the number of times that DECdts has been enabled.
 

o  epoch changes completed

   Specifies the number of times that the server's epoch has changed.


o  insufficient resources detected

   Specifies the number of times that the node has been unable to
   allocate virtual memory.


o  invalid messages detected

   Specifies the number of times that the local node failed to
   process a received message that had an unknown message type or
   incorrect length.


o  local times not intersecting

   Specifies the number of times that the node's time interval failed
   to intersect with the computed interval of the servers.

 
o  no global servers detected

   Specifies the number of times that the courier server could not
   contact any global servers.


o  protocol mismatches detected

   Specifies the number of times that the local node failed to
   process a received message containing an incompatible protocol
   version.


o  server times not intersecting

   Specifies the number of times that a server has detected faulty
   servers (other than itself).


o  servers not responding

   Specifies the number of times that the courier server could not
   contact a specific global server.


o  synchronizations completed

   Specifies the number of times that the node has successfully
   synchronized.


o  system errors detected

   Specifies the number of times a DECdts operation has detected a
   system error.


o  time provider failures detected

   Specifies the number of times that the external time-provider
   signaled a failure or the node was unable to access the time-
   provider.


o  time representation mismatches detected

   Specifies the number of times that the local node failed to
   process a received message containing an incompatible timestamp
   format.


o  too few servers detected

   Specifies the number of times that a node failed to synchronize
   because it could not contact the required minimum number of
   servers.


o  too many servers detected

   Specifies the number of times that the responses to a
   synchronization request overflowed the assigned system buffer.


o  updates initiated

   Specifies the number of times that a server has attempted to
   update its clock.


3  Status

o  current time

   Specifies the current time on the node.


o  last synchronization

   Specifies the computed time at the last synchronization.


o  state

   Specifies the state of the DECdts software.

   Off              The DECdts process is disabled.
  
   On               The DECdts process is enabled.

   Synchronizing    The DECdts process is synchronizing.

   Updating         The DECdts process is updating the time.


o  uid

   Specifies the entity's unique identifier, which is generated when
   the entity is created.


3  decnet_global_server

   show [node node-id] dtss -
      decnet global server fullname  attribute [,attribute...]
                                     all [attributes]
                                     all characteristics
                                     all identifiers
                                     all status

   Examples:
   
   show dtss decnet global server * -
        last time polled, last observed time

   show dtss decnet global server * all

   show dtss decnet -
     global server DEC:.DTSS_GlobalTimeServers.lkg-crackl all

4  Characteristic

o  transport

   Specifies the transport protocol used by the global server. 
   You cannot modify this characteristic.


4  Identifier

o  name

   Specifies the full name of the global server, as registered in the
   namespace.

4  Status

o  last observed skew

   Specifies the skew between the node's clock and the time
   received from the specified global server after the most recent
   synchronization.


o  last observed time

   Specifies the time the node last received from the specified
   global server.


o  last time polled

   Specifies the time that the node last solicited a time value from
   the specified global server.


o  used in last synchronization

   Specifies whether or not a time value from the specified global
   server was used in the node's last clock synchronization.


3  decnet_local_server

   show [node node-id] dtss -
      decnet local server lan-address  attribute [,attribute...]
                                       all [attributes]
                                       all characteristics
                                       all identifiers
                                       all status

   Examples:

   show dtss decnet local server * address

   show dtss decnet local server aa-00-04-00-dd-11 all
   

4  Characteristic

o  transport

   Specifies the transport protocol used by the local server.
    
4  Identifier

o  address

   Specifies the Ethernet address of the server.

4  Status

o  last observed skew

   Specifies the skew between the node's clock and the time
   received from the specified local server after the most recent
   synchronization.


o  last observed time

   Specifies the time the node last received from the specified
   local server.


o  last time polled

   Specifies the time that the node last solicited a time value from
   the specified local server.
 

o  used in last synchronization

   Specifies whether or not a time value from the specified local
   server was used in the node's last clock synchronization.


2  event_dispatcher

   show [node node-id] event dispatcher  attribute [,attribute...]
                                         all [attributes]
                                         all characteristics
                                         all counters
                                         all status

3  Characteristic
 

o  DNA version

   Default: Current version number

   Version number of the DNA event-logging architecture
   specification to which the implementation conforms. You cannot
   modify this characteristic.
 

3  Counters
 

o  creation time

   Time at which this entity was created.
 

o  events lost

   Number of events lost at the event dispatcher queue.
 

o  test requested (Tru64 UNIX)

   Number of events being generated with the test directive.
 

3  Status
 

o  state

   Status of the event dispatcher entity.

   off   The event dispatcher entity is disabled.

   on    The event dispatcher entity is enabled.
 

o  uid

   Entity's unique identifier, which is generated when the entity is
   created.
 

3  outbound_stream

   show [node node-id] event dispatcher -
             outbound stream stream-name  attribute [,attribute...]
                                          all [attributes]
                                          all characteristics
                                          all counters
                                          all identifiers
                                          all status

   The stream-name can be either a simple name which uniquely
   identifies a particular outbound stream instance, or a 
   wildcard which identifies multiple outbound stream instances.

   Examples:

   show event dispatcher outbound stream * name, state

   show event dispatcher outbound stream local_stream all

4  Identifier
 

o  name

   Simple name assigned to the outbound stream when it was created.


4  Characteristics
 

o  catch all filter

   Default: Pass          Value: Block or pass

   Action to take if neither the specific filter nor the global
   filter contains an entry that matches an event.

   block      Discard the event.

   pass       Report the event.
 

o  connect retry timer

   Default: 120           Value: 0-65535

   Number of seconds to wait after a disconnect or connection reject
   before reattempting a connection. Connection attempts continue
   until a connection is made or until the connect timer enabled
   attribute is set to false or the outbound stream is disabled.
   If the outbound stream is already connected to the sink when
   the timer expires, no connection is attempted at that time. The
   timer resets and connection attempts continue whenever the timer
   expires.
 

o  connect timer enabled

   Default: True          Value: True or false

   Specifies whether the connect timer is operational (see connect
   retry timer).
 

o  disconnect timer

   Default: 0; see        Value: 0-4294967295
   following description

   Number of seconds to wait before disconnecting an idle
   connection. Zero indicates that there is no disconnect timer
   and connections are never automatically disconnected.
 

o  global filter

   Current global filter as it has been constructed by block,
   ignore, and pass commands for this stream. By default, the
   global filter is set to block all events for the following
   entities: event dispatcher, event dispatcher sink, and event
   dispatcher sink inbound stream and to pass all events for the
   event dispatcher outbound stream entity.
 

o  sink address

   Default: No address    Value: Sink address tower set

   Sink address tower for this stream. Modifying this characteristic
   affects only subsequent connect requests; existing connections
   are unaffected.
 

o  sink end user

   Default: Number = 82   Value: End-user specification

   Sink session control end user specification for this stream.
 

o  sink node

   Default: Local node    Value: Full-name

   Full DNS node name of the sink for this stream. Modifying this
   characteristic affects only subsequent connect requests; existing
   connections are unaffected. This fullname is used in combination
   with the sink end user characteristic to establish the sink
   connection.
 

o  sink object

   Default: No sink object      Value: Full-name

   Full DNS object name of the sink for this stream. Modifying this
   characteristic affects only subsequent connect requests; existing
   connections are unaffected. This fullname should match the object
   name characteristic of the target sink.
 

o  specific filter

   Default: No specific filter

   Current specific filter for this stream. 
 

o  template (Tru64 UNIX)

   Default: No template   Value: Simple name

   Transport template (see osi transport template) for this stream's
   connections. 

4  Counters
 

o  confidence changes

   Number of times the confidence variable has changed while
   connections were in the open state.
 

o  connect requests

   Number of times a connection to a remote node was requested by
   this stream, either by an explicit command or by the connection
   timer.
 

o  connections accepted

   Number of times an outbound connection request was accepted by
   the sink partner.
 

o  creation time

   Time at which this entity was created.
 

o  disabled

   Number of disable events for this stream.
 

o  enabled

   Number of enable events for this stream.
 

o  events lost

   Number of events lost because of outbound stream buffer overrun.
 

o  filter changes

   Number of times the filter has changed.
 

o  shutdowns

   Number of times a shutdown command or operation was issued.
 
4  Status
 

o  buffer size

   Maximum number of octets allowed for event processing of this
   stream. This value is defined in the create command for the
   stream.
 

o  state

   Status of the outbound stream.

   off                  The stream is disabled.

   on                   The stream is enabled.

   onconnected          The stream is enabled and has an established
                        connection.

   onconnecting         The stream is enabled and is in the process of
                        establishing a connection.

   ondisconnecting      The stream is enabled, but is in the process of
                        disconnecting from a connection.

   onshutdownrequested  The stream is enabled and has an established
                        connection, but is in the process of shutting
                        down; the stream will disconnect after it
                        transmits all events that were outstanding when
                        the shutdown command was issued.
 

o  uid

   Entity's unique identifier, which is generated when the entity is
   created.
 

3  relay


   show  [node node-id] event dispatcher relay  state
                                                all [attributes]
                                                all status
   Examples:

   show event dispatcher relay all

   show event dispatcher relay state


4  Status
 

o  state

   Status of the event dispatcher relay entity.

   off   The event dispatcher relay entity is disabled.

   on    The event dispatcher relay entity is enabled.



4  logging

   show  [node node-id] event dispatcher -
                relay logging logging-name  attribute [,attribute...]
                                            all [attributes]
                                            all counters
                                            all identifiers   
                                            all status

   Logging-name can be CONSOLE, MONITOR, FILE or * to 
   identify all three.

   Examples:

   show event dispatcher relay logging * name, state

   show event dispatcher relay logging console all

   show event dispatcher relay logging monitor all

   show event dispatcher relay logging file all


5  Counters
 

o  creation time

   Time at which this entity was created.
 

o  events relayed

   Number of Phase IV events relayed for this logging type.
 

5  Identifier
 

o  name

   Logging type is console, monitor, or file.
 

5  Status
 

o  state

   Status of the event dispatcher relay logging entity.

   off   The event dispatcher logging entity is disabled.

   on    The event dispatcher logging entity is enabled.
 

o  uid

   Entity's unique identifier, which is generated when the entity is
   created.
 

3  sink

   show  [node node-id] event dispatcher -
                          sink sink-name   attribute [,attribute...]
                                           all [attributes]
                                           all characteristics
                                           all counters
                                           all identifiers
                                           all status

   The sink-name can be either a simple name which uniquely identifies
   a particular sink instance, or a wildcard which identifies 
   multiple sink instances.

   Examples:

   show event dispatcher sink local_sink all
 
   show event dispatcher sink * all

   show event dispatcher sink * client type, displayuids
 
4  Characteristics
 

o  catch all filter

   Default: Pass          Value: Block or pass

   Specifies the action to take if neither the specific filter
   setting nor the global filter setting matches an event or if a
   filter setting that does match an event is set to Ignore.

   block    Discard the event.

   pass     Report the event.
 

o  client type

   Default: Console       Value: See description.

   Specifies the application to accept the events received by the
   sink. This can only be set when the event dispatcher sink entity
   is disabled (when the sink state is off).

   console     Events go to the operator's console (OPCOM-OpenVMS).

   device      Events go to a device (see the device name
               characteristic).

   file        Events go to a file (see the file name
               characteristic).
 

o  description

   Default: Null          Value: Latin1String

   Application description string.
 

o  device name

   Default: Null          Value: Latin1String

   Name of the device to which events are going to be logged, if the
   client type of the sink is device.
 

o  displayuids

   Default: True          Value: Boolean

   A boolean value indicating whether to include the UIDs when
   displaying an event.
 

o  end user

   Default: Number = 82   Value: End-user specification

   Sink session control end user specification for this sink. For
   Tru64 UNIX, do not modify this characteristic.
 

o  file name

   Default for Tru64 UNIX:      Value: File specification
   /usr/adm/event_file

   Default for OpenVMS:         Value: File specification
   SYS$MANAGER:NET$EVD_SINK_sinkname.LOG

   Name of the file to which events are going to be logged if the
   client type of the sink is file.
 

o  global filter

   Current global filter as it has been constructed by block,
   ignore, and pass commands for this sink. By default, the global
   filter is set to block all events for the following entities:
   event dispatcher, event dispatcher sink, and event dispatcher
   sink inbound stream. You cannot modify this characteristic.
 

o  object name

   Default: No sink object       Value: Full-name

   Full DNS object name of the sink. Modifying this characteristic
   affects only subsequent connect requests; existing connections
   are unaffected.
 

o  specific filter 

   Default: No specific filter

   Current specific filter setting as constructed by block,
   ignore and pass commands for this sink. You cannot modify this
   characteristic. 
 

o  template (Tru64 UNIX)

   Default: No template   Value: Simple name

   Transport template (see the osi transport template entity) for
   this sink's connections. 
 

o  user client (Tru64 UNIX)

   Default: Null          Value: End-user specification

   Session control end user specification for a user program that
   has been set to receive events. 
 

4  Counters
 

o  connections accepted

   Number of times a sink connection request was accepted by the
   sink partner.
 

o  creation time

   Time this entity was created.
 

o  events filtered

   Number of events for this sink that were filtered by its sink
   filter.
 

o  events lost

   Number of events lost due to sink queue overflow.
 

o  filter changes

   Number of times the filter has changed.
 

4  Identifier
 

o  name

   Simple name assigned to the sink when it is created.
 

4  Status
 

o  buffer size

   Maximum number of octets allowed for event processing of this
   sink. This value is defined in the create command for the sink.
   This value is limited by the value specified in the maximum
   buffer size argument of the create command.
 

o  state

   Status of the sink.

   off        The sink is disabled.

   on         The sink is enabled.
 

o  uid

   Entity's unique identifier, which is generated when the entity is
   created.
 

4  inbound_stream

   show [node node-id] event dispatcher -
        sink sink-name -
           inbound stream stream-name  attribute [,attribute...]
                                       all [attributes]
                                       all identifiers
                                       all characteristics
                                       all counters
                                       all status

   The sink-name must be a simple name which uniquely identifies
   a particular sink instance.  The stream-name can be either a
   simple name which identifies a particular inbound stream 
   instance, or a wildcard which identifies multiple inbound
   stream instances.

   Examples:

   show event dispatcher sink local_sink -
        inbound stream * name

   show event dispatcher sink local_sink -
        inbound stream EVD$IBS$0000 all

   

5  Counters
 

o  creation time

   Time at which this entity was created.
 

o  change confidence

   Number of times the confidence variable has changed while
   connections were in the on state.
 

5  Identifier
 

o  name

   Local name assigned to the entity by its sink parent when it is
   dynamically created.
 

5  Status
 

o  source end user

   Source end user specification, as provided by session control.
 

o  source node name

   Name of the source node, as provided by session control.
 

o  state

   Status of the inbound event stream.

   off            The stream is disabled.

   on connected   The stream is enabled and connected to the
                  outbound stream.
 

o  uid

   Entity's unique identifier, which is generated when the entity is
   created.
 

2  fddi

   show  [node node-id] fddi  version
                              all [attributes]
                              all characteristics

   Examples:

   show fddi version

   show fddi all

3  Characteristic
 
o  version

   Default: Current version number

   Version number of the FDDI architecture specification to
   which the implementation conforms. You cannot modify this
   characteristic.
 

3  station

   show  [node node-id] fddi -
          station station-name   attribute [,attribute...]
                                 all [attributes]
                                 all counters
                                 all identifiers
                                 all status
 
   The station-name can be either a simple name which 
   identifies a particular station instance, or a wildcard
   which identifies multiple station instances.

   Examples:

   show fddi station * all

   show fddi station fddi-0 communication port, station id


4  Characteristics

o  communication port

   Name of the hardware port associated with this station, taken
   from the corresponding argument in the create directive. You
   cannot modify this characteristic.


o  smt maximum version id

   Highest SMT version ID this station supports. You cannot modify
   this characteristic.


o  smt minimum version id

   Lowest SMT version ID this station supports. You cannot modify
   this characteristic.


o  smt version id

   Currently active SMT version ID for this station. You cannot
   modify this characteristic.


o  station ID

   SMT station ID for this station. You cannot modify this
   characteristic.


o  type

   SMT station type for this station. You cannot modify this
   characteristic.
 

4  Counters

   Unless stated otherwise, counts include both normal and multicast
   traffic and all protocol types, service access points (SAPs), and
   protocol identifiers.

 
o  configuration changes

   Number of times the internal configuration of this station
   changed. (Not present in single attached stations (SAS)).
 

o  creation time

   Time at which the port was created.

 
o  selftest failures

   Total number of times a self-test of the station detected an
   error.

 
o  traces received

   Number of times the ECM state machine for this station entered
   the trace state due to a received trace signal.
 

4  Identifier

o  name

   Simple name assigned to the station when it is created.
 

4  Status
 
o  last set station id

   The station ID of the station that last performed an SMT Change
   /Add/Remove (PMF frame) operation.
 

o  state

   Value: Off, on or loopback

   Operational state of the station.

 
o  uid

   Entity's unique identifier, which is generated when the entity is
   created.
 


4  link

   show  [node node-id] fddi -
        station station-name -
                link link-index  attribute [,attribute...]
                                 all [attributes]
                                 all counters
                                 all identifiers
                                 all status

   The station-name must be a simple name which uniquely
   identifies a particular station instance.  The link-index
   can be either an integer or a wildcard.

   OpenVMS Examples:

   show fddi station fddi-0 link * all

   show fddi station fddi-0 link 0 all

   show fddi station fddi-0 link 0 -
      requested trt, restricted token timeout

   Tru64 UNIX Examples:

   show fddi station fddi-1 link * all

   show fddi station fddi-1 link 1 all

   show fddi station fddi-1 link 1 -
      requested trt, restricted token timeout

5  Characteristics
 
o  link address

   MAC address assigned during manufacture of the communication
   hardware that is associated with the station (read-only).
 

o  requested trt

   Default: 8.0           Value: 1-65535

   Requested token rotation timer.

 
o  restricted token timeout

   Default: 1000          Value: 1-65535

   Length limit of a restricted token dialog.

 
o  ring purger enable

   Default: True          Value: True or false

   Controls whether this station is eligible to be a ring purger and
   should participate in the ring purger election.

 
o  valid transmission time

   Default: 3.4           Value: 1-65535

   Valid transmission time.

 
5  Counters
 
o  block check errors

   Number of times a received frame containing an integral number of
   octets failed the FCS check.

 
o  creation time

   Time at which the station was created.

 
o  directed beacons received

   Number of times the link detected the directed beacon process.

 
o  duplicate address test failures

   Number of times the duplicate address test failed (detected that
   the link address was a duplicate).

 
o  duplicate tokens detected

   Number of times the MAC address test failed (detected that the
   link address was a duplicate).

 
o  error count

   Total number of frames that were in error with the E indicator
   reset, indicating that the error occurred between the upstream
   MAC and this one.

 
o  fci strip errors

   Number of times a frame content independent strip operation
   (bridge strip) was terminated by receipt of a token.

 
o  frame count

   Total number of frames seen by this link, other than tokens.

 
o  frame status errors

   Number of times a received frame had the E indicator in error
   (missing or set) and the FCS was correct.

 
o  lost count

   Counter lost count.

 
o  multicast octets received

   Number of multicast data octets that were successfully received
   in multicast frames of type LLC, implementer, reserved, or SMT.
   The count does not include the MAC envelope.

 
o  multicast octets sent

   Number of multicast data octets that were successfully sent in
   multicast frames of type LLC, implementer, reserved, or SMT. The
   count does not include the MAC envelope.

 
o  multicast pdus received

   Number of multicast frames that were successfully received of
   type LLC, implementer, reserved, or SMT.

 
o  multicast pdus sent

   Number of multicast frames that were successfully sent of type
   LLC, implementer, reserved, or SMT.

 
o  octets received

   Number of octets successfully received in frames of type LLC,
   implementer, reserved, or SMT. The count does not include the MAC
   envelope.

 
o  octets sent

   Number of octets successfully sent in frames of type LLC,
   implementer, reserved, or SMT. The count does not include the
   MAC envelope.

 
o  pdu length errors

   Number of times a received frame had an invalid length, either
   too long or short for the type, or had an alignment error (odd
   number of symbols).

 
o  pdus received

   Number of frames successfully received in frames of type LLC,
   implementer, reserved, or SMT.
 

o  pdus sent

   Number of frames successfully sent in frames of type LLC,
   implementer, reserved, or SMT.

 
o  receive data overruns

   Number of times the hardware lost one or more consecutive, only
   partially complete incoming frames because it was unable to keep
   up with the medium rate. An example is overrun of a bit or octet
   FIFO queue because of inability to copy data from adapter to host
   promptly. In conjunction with total frames received, provides a
   measure of hardware resource and bandwidth failures.

 
o  ring beacons initiated

   Number of times the ring beacon process was initiated by this
   link.

 
o  ring initializations initiated

   Number of times a ring reinitialization was initiated by this
   link.

 
o  ring initializations received

   Number of times a ring reinitialization was initiated by some
   other link.

 
o  ring purge errors

   Number of times the ring purger received a token while still in
   the ring purge state.

 
o  token count

   Number of times a token has been seen by this link.

 
o  transmit underruns

   Number of times a transmit underrun occurred. This indicates the
   transmit FIFO became empty during frame transmission.

 
o  traces initiated

   Number of times the pc trace process was initiated by this link.
 

o  transmit failures

   Number of times a transmit error, other than underrun, occurred.
   This does not include errors in transmitting MAC type frames.

 
o  unavailable link buffers

   Number of times a complete, fully received frame was discarded
   because no link buffer was available. In conjunction with total
   frames received, provides a measure of station-buffer-related
   receive problems.

 
o  unavailable user buffers

   Number of times no user buffer was available for an incoming
   frame that passed all filtering for the port. These are the
   buffers supplied by users on receive requests. In conjunction
   with total frames received, provides a measure of user-buffer-
   related receive problems.
 

o  unrecognized individual destination pdus

   Number of times a received LLC frame with an individual
   destination MAC address was discarded because there was no
   port with the Ethernet protocol type, SNAP protocol identifier,
   or LLC SAP address enabled. Only frames containing individual
   destination MAC addresses are counted.

 
o  unrecognized multicast destination pdus

   Number of times a received LLC frame with a multicast destination
   MAC address was discarded because there was no port with the
   Ethernet protocol type, SNAP protocol identifier, or LLC SAP
   address enabled. Only frames containing multicast destination MAC
   addresses are counted.
 
5  Identifier
 
o  index

   An integer that uniquely identifies this link to the parent 
   station entity.
 
5  Status
 
o  downstream neighbor

   MAC address of the downstream neighbor, if known.
 

o  duplicate address flag

   Summary output of the duplicate address test algorithm.
 

o  frame strip mode

   Current frame stripping mode of the MAC.

   SA match   Source address match mode of the frame stripping
              algorithm matches the source address of the frame with
              the MAC's MyLongAddress (MLA), and if a match is found,
              the frame is removed from the token ring.

   FCI        The FCIS mode counts the number of frames transmitted
   strip      since the reception of a token, and strips equal number
              of frames.
 

o  loopback

   This is true if the link has been set up to receive frames
   transmitted by it. This allows loopback testing either on the
   ring or with one of the PHY port loopback modes.

 
o  negotiated trt

   Negotiated token rotation timer.

 
o  old downstream neighbor

   Previous value of the downstream neighbor.

 
o  old upstream neighbor

   Previous value of the upstream neighbor.

 
o  ring error reason

   Reason code for the most recent link error.

   duplicate      Duplicate address algorithm detected a duplicate
   address        address.
   detected

   duplicate      A duplicate token was detected on the ring.
   token
   detected

   no error       No errors have occurred on this ring.

   ring init      Ring initialization was initiated by this link to
   initiated      initialize the ring and create a token.

   ring init      Ring initialization was initiated by some other
   received       link to initialize the ring and create a token.

   ring           Ring beaconing process was initiated by this link.
   beaconing      This process in initiated as a result of serious
   initiated      ring failure, such as loss of signal or jabbering
                  station transmitting in violation of the protocol.
                  This indicates to other links on the LAN that
                  corrective action may be required.

   ring purge     Link received a token while performing a ring
   error          purge operation.

   FCI strip      Frame content independent strip operation was
   error          terminated by the receipt of a token.

   ring op        Ring state has been continually changing from
   oscillation    operational to initializing.

   directed       Link received particular beacon data.
   beacon
   received

   PC trace       PC-trace was initiated by this link.
   initiated

   PC trace       PC-trace was initiated by some other link.
   received

 
o  ring latency

   Current ring latency as measured by this link entity.

 
o  ring purger state

   State of the ring purger election process.

   candidate      The Link's Ring Purger process is participating in
                  the Ring Purger election algorithm as a candidate
                  to become the Ring Purger.

   nonpurger      The Link's Ring Purger process is in an idle state
                  listening for periodic Purger Hello frames.

   off            The Link's Ring Purger process is disabled.

   purger         The Link's Ring Purger process is performing the
                  function of removing no owner frames and duplicate
                  token from the ring. In this state, the process
                  transmits periodic Purger Hello frames.
 
o  state

   State of the link entity.

   broken         Attempt to turn the link on failed the
                  initialization test, or link was on, but failure
                  was detected.

   off-ready      FDDI Data Link communication services are not
                  available.

   off-fault      State entered when a link entity detects
   recovery       conditions that indicate faulty ring.

   on-ring init   Physical layer service is available and the link
                  entity enabled.

   on-ring run    Link detected that the Ring Initialization has
                  been successfully completed and the ring is
                  operational.
 
o  uid

   Entity's unique identifier, which is generated when the entity is
   created.

 
o  upstream neighbor

   MAC address of the upstream neighbor, if known.
 

o  upstream neighbor duplicate address flag

   Default: false               Value: True or false

   Upstream neighbor's reported result of its duplicate address
   test.
 

4  phy_port

   show  [node node-id] fddi -
      station station-name -
          phy port port-index  attribute [,attribute...]
                               all [attributes]
                               all characteristics
                               all counters
                               all identifiers
                               all status
 
   The station-name must be a simple name which uniquely
   identifies a particular station instance.  The port-index
   can be either an integer or a wildcard.


   OpenVMS Examples:

   show fddi station fddi-0 phy port * all

   show fddi station fddi-0 phy port 0 all

   Tru64 UNIX Examples:

   show fddi station fddi-1 phy port * all

   show fddi station fddi-1 phy port 1 all


5  Characteristics
 
o  lem threshold

                          Value: For n, 10 to the -n th power

   Link error monitor threshold.
 

o  phy type

   Type of the physical port (A, B, S, or M). This characteristic
   cannot be set.

 
o  pmd type

   Type of the PDM (transceiver) for this physical port. This
   characteristic cannot be set.

   ANSI multimode           Low power

   ANSI multimode type 1    Thinwire

   ANSI single mode type 2  Shielded twisted-pair

   ANSI SONET               Unshielded twisted-pair

 
5  Counters
 
o  creation time

   Time at which the port was created.

 
o  connections completed

   Number of times the PHY port entered the in use state, having
   completed the initialization process.

 
o  elasticity buffer errors

   Number of times the elasticity buffer function had an overflow or
   underflow.
 

o  lct rejects

   Number of times a connection was rejected due to failure of the
   Link Confidence Test at either end of the physical connection.

 
o  lem rejects

   Number of times an active connection was disconnected due to
   rejection by the Link Error Monitor at this end of the physical
   connection, or by expiration of the Noise timer.

 
o  link errors

   Total number of raw link error input events seen by the Link
   Error Monitor.
 
5  Identifier
 
o  index

   An integer that uniquely identifies this physical port to the 
   parent station entity.
 
5  Status
 
o  broken reason

   Reason phy port is in broken state, or if in broken state, none.
 

o  estimated link error rate

   Default: 15                Value: 0-15       

   Reports the number of errors during the Link Monitor Test as a 
   negative power of 10.  If there are no errors during the Link 
   Monitor Test, then the Estimated Link Error Rate is 10(-15th power).
   
   An Estimated Link Error Rate of 15 indicates an excellent/clear
   link, 14-10 is a noisy link and around 7 would indicate an 
   acceptable (failed) link.

 
o  neighbor phy type

   Status may be A, B, S, M or unknown.

 
o  reject reason

   Reason the phy port is in a failed or watch state. This is not
   meaningful when phy port is in some other state.

   LCT both       Link Confidence Test failed on both sides of the
   sides          physical connection.

   LCT protocol   Neighboring physical port has been detected to
   error          have prematurely exited the link confidence test
                  (LCT).

   LEM reject     Link error monitor disconnected this connection
                  due to the error rate exceeding the LEM threshold.

   local LCT      Link Confidence Test failed on this end of the
                  physical connection.

   noise reject   Noise timer expired because a single noise event
                  lasted for more than 1.31072 ms.

   none           No reason.

   remote LCT     Link Confidence Test failed on the other end of
                  the physical connection.

   remote         Neighboring physical port broke the connection for
   reject         an unknown reason.

   standby        Physical port and its neighboring physical port
                  form a redundant physical connection (dual-
                  homing feature). In a dual-homed configuration,
                  the B to M connection is the higher priority
                  physical connection, and the A to M connection
                  is the standby physical connection. The standby
                  connection will become active if the B to M
                  connection is lost.

   topology       Neighboring physical port's physical port type is
   reason         an illegal match for this physical port's physical
                  port type.

   trace in       Physical port was initializing when a pc-trace
   progress       occurred. When a pc-trace occurs, any physical
                  ports that have not yet established a physical
                  connection are shut down to prevent the topology
                  from changing.

   trace          Physical port was momentarily disabled because it
   received-      received a pc-trace when its own pc-trace function
   disabled       was disabled. The pc-trace function is enabled by
                  default. The trace disable switch is not remotely
                  manageable.

 
o  state

   Operational state of the phy port entity (nonsettable).

   broken         The physical port has failed initialization tests
                  and is not available for use.

   failed         Same as waiting, except the physical port has
                  failed to complete the last connection attempt.
                  Refer to the physical port's status parameter
                  reject reason for the reason for connection
                  failure. Connection attempts will continue until
                  successful.

   internal       The physical port has been configured to
   loopback       internally present all transmitted symbols to
                  the receive interface. The network connector is
                  inactive. This allows internally generated test
                  frames to be looped back for test purposes.

   in use         The physical port has established a connection and
                  is fully operational. Communications services are
                  now available.

   off-ready      The physical port is waiting to be enabled or has
                  been disabled by management request.

   starting       The physical port has received a response from
                  the neighboring physical port and is exchanging
                  information and performing the link confidence
                  test (LCT) prior to completing the connection.

   waiting        The physical port is beginning to establish a
                  connection and is waiting for a response from the
                  neighboring physical port.

   watch          Same as starting, except the physical port has
                  failed to complete the last connection attempt.
                  Refer to the physical port's status parameter,
                  reject reason for the reason for connection
                  failure. Connection attempts will continue until
                  successful.
 
o  uid

   Entity's unique identifier, which is generated when the entity is
   created.



3  port

   show [node node-id] fddi -
              port port-name  attribute [,attribute...]
                              all [attributes]
                              all counters
                              all identifiers
                              all status
 
   Examples:

   show fddi port * all

   show fddi port FDDI$FXA_0010 mac addresses, client


4  Counters
 
o  creation time

   Time at which the port was created.

 
o  multicast octets received

   Number of multicast user data octets successfully received and
   available to the data-link user.

 
o  multicast octets sent

   Number of multicast user data octets successfully transmitted
   using the port.

 
o  multicast pdus received

   Number of multicast frames successfully received and available to
   the data-link user.
 

o  multicast pdus sent

   Number of multicast frames successfully transmitted using the
   port.

 
o  octets received

   Number of user data octets successfully received and available to
   the data-link user.
 

o  octets sent

   Number of user data octets successfully transmitted using the
   port.

 
o  pdus received

   Number of frames successfully received and available to the data
   link user.
 

o  pdus sent

   Number of frames successfully transmitted using the port.

 
o  unavailable user buffers

   Number of times no user buffer was available at the port for an
   incoming frame.

 
4  Identifier
 
o  name

   Simple name assigned to the port when it is created.
 
4  Status
 
o  client

   Name specified by the data link when the port is opened.
 

o  ethernet protocol types

   Set of Ethernet protocol types that are recognized for this port.
   Protocol types for a port may be enabled and disabled by the user
   at any time during the port's existence.
 

o  length present

   Default:               Value: True or false

   Indicates whether the data link is to add a length field on
   transmit, and both assume the presence of and remove the
   length field on receive for Ethernet frames. This attribute is
   irrelevant for ISO 8802-3 formatted frames because the length
   field is always present. This is specified by the user when the
   port is opened. The value true means length fields are added and
   removed by the data link.
 

o  link

   Name of the link subentity associated with this port, specified
   by the user when the port is opened.
 

o  llc sap addresses

   Set of SNAP protocol identifiers that are recognized for this
   port. LLC SAP addresses for a port may be enabled and disabled by
   the user at any time during the port's existence.

 
o  llc service

   Default:               Value: Class 1 or User supplied

   LLC PDU processing the data-link user requires from the port,
   specified by the user when the port is opened.This is either LLC
   Class 1, where the entire LLC protocol is handled by the data
   link, or user-supplied LLC, where the user is responsible for
   operating part of the LLC protocol.

 
o  mac addresses

   Set of individual and multicast MAC addresses that are recognized
   for this port. MAC addresses for a port may be enabled and
   disabled by the user at any time during the port's existence.

 
o  receive mode

   Default:               Value: Normal or Promiscuous

   Indicates if the port is to receive all frames regardless of
   format, Ethernet protocol type, SNAP protocol identifier, LLC
   SAP address, or MAC address. Promiscuous receipt is enabled and
   disabled by the user. Support of promiscuous mode is optional.

 
o  snap protocol identifiers

   Set of SNAP protocol identifiers that are recognized for this
   port. Protocol identifiers for a port may be enabled and disabled
   by the user at any time during the port's existence.

 
o  type

   Type of port (LLC or SMT).
 

o  uid

   Entity's unique identifier, which is generated when the entity is
   created.


2  frame_(OpenVMS)

   show  [node node-id] frame  attribute [,attribute...]
                               all [attributes]
                               all characteristics
                               all status

   Examples:

   show frame version, state

   show frame all

3  Characteristic
 
o  version

   Specifies the version of the frame architecture to which the
   implementation conforms. You cannot modify this characteristic.
 

3  Status
 
o  state

   Specifies the state of the frame entity.

   off   The frame entity is disabled.

   on    The frame entity is enabled.
 

3  link

   show [node node-id] frame -
                  link link-id  attribute [,attribute...]
                                all [attributes]
                                all characteristics
                                all counters
                                all identifiers
                                all status

   Examples:

   show frame link * name

   show frame link frame-0 all
 

4  Identifier
 

o  name

   Simple name assigned to the link when it is created.


4  Characteristics
 

o  bisync code

   Default: EBCDIC        Value: ASCII or EBCDIC

   Character code to be used on the link. This characteristic is
   supported only when the characteristic protocol is set to one of
   the following: bisync, chips, genbyte, or swift. You can modify
   this characteristic only when the entity is disabled.
 

o  bits per character

   Default: 8             Value: 5-8

   Number of bits in each character. This characteristic is
   supported only when the characteristic protocol is set to
   genbyte. You can modify this characteristic only when the entity
   is disabled.
 

o  buffer size

   Default: 512           Value: 0-65535

   Size, in octets, of each receive buffer for the link. You can
   modify this characteristic only when the entity is disabled.
   Also, you can only increase the characteristic value.
 

o  control mode

   Default: point to      Value: See description
   point

   Control mode in which the link is to operate. The value of this
   characteristic derives from the point to point argument to the
   create command.

   multipoint master
   multipoint
   tributary
   point to point

   You cannot modify this characteristic.
 

o  crc type

   Default: See           Value: See description
   description

   CRC type used on the link.

   AUTO_DIN
   CRC_16
   CRC_CCITT
   CRC_CCITT0
   LRC_EVEN
   LRC_ODD
   LRC_VRC_
   EVEN
   LRC_VRC_
   ODD
   NONE

   The default value depends on the protocol.

   BISYNC   CRC_16
   CHIPS    LRC_EVEN
   DDCMP    CRC_16
   GENBYTE  NONE
   HDLC     CRC_CCITT
   SDLC     CRC_CCITT
   SWIFT    CRC_16

   genbyte crc checking is done in the genbyte framing routine.
 

o  framing timer

   Default: 25            Value: 10-1000

   Maximum length of time, in milliseconds, to wait for the next
   character to arrive. This characteristic is supported only when
   the characteristic protocol is set to genbyte.
 

o  initial state one

   Default: 0             Value: See description

   First 32 bits of state information. This characteristic is
   supported only when the characteristic protocol is set to
   genbyte. You can modify this characteristic only when the entity
   is disabled.
 

o  initial state two

   Default: 0             Value: See description

   Last 32 bits of state information. This characteristic is
   supported only when the characteristic protocol is set to
   genbyte. You can modify this characteristic only when the entity
   is disabled.
 

o  local station address

   Default: 255           Value: 0-255

   Address of the local station. The default value means that only
   broadcast messages are accepted. The interpretation of this
   characteristic is controlled by the value of the characteristic
   match station address.

   This attribute is supported only if the characteristic protocol
   is set to sdlc. You can modify this characteristic only when the
   entity is disabled.
 

o  match station address

   Default: False         Value: True or False

   Specifies whether the value of the characteristic local station
   address is to be interpreted as a valid address. This attribute
   is supported only if the characteristic protocol is set to
   sdlc. You can modify this characteristic only when the entity
   is disabled.
 

o  number of buffers

   Default: 4             Value: 0-255

   Number of receive buffers reserved for the link. You can modify
   this characteristic only when the entity is disabled. Also, you
   can only increase the characteristic value.
 

o  physical line

   Default: None          Value: Local entity name

   Name of the Physical layer line entity on which the link
   operates. You must provide a value for this characteristic before
   you enable the link. You can modify this characteristic only when
   the entity is disabled.
 

o  protocol

   Framing protocol used on the line. The value of this
   characteristic derives from the protocol argument to the create
   command. You cannot modify this characteristic.

   bisync     hdlc
   chips      sdlc
   ddcmp      swift
   genbyte
 

o  sync character

   Default: See           Value: 0-FF
   description

   Hexadecimal code of the sync character to be used on the link.
   The default value depends on the value of the characteristic
   protocol, as follows:

   bisync   32
   chips    32
   ddcmp    96
   genbyte  32
   swift    32

   This attribute is supported only if the characteristic protocol
   is set to bisync, chips, ddcmp, genbyte, or swift. You can modify
   this characteristic only when the entity is disabled.
 

o  sync count

   Default: 4             Value: 0-255

   Number of sync characters that precede each message. This
   attribute is supported only if the characteristic protocol is
   set to bisync, chips, ddcmp, genbyte, or swift. You can modify
   this characteristic only when the entity is disabled.
 

4  Counters
 

o  abort characters received

   Number of times that the link was prematurely terminated by
   the remote station. This counter is supported only if the
   characteristic protocol is set to either hdlc or sdlc.
 

o  creation time

   Time at which this entity was created.
 

o  data block check errors

   Number of messages received with an error in the data field block
   check.
 

o  header block check errors

   Number of messages received with an error in the header block
   check. This counter is supported only if the characteristic
   protocol is set to ddcmp.
 

o  invalid characters received

   Number of times that an invalid character was received from
   the remote station. This counter is supported only if the
   characteristic protocol is set to either bisync or ddcmp.
 

o  receive buffer overflows with good crc

   Number of times that the local station received a message too
   large for the receive buffer and the message had a valid CRC.
 

o  receive overruns

   Number of times that the host memory was not able to handle all
   the data received from the communications channel.
 

o  sdus received

   Number of data messages received from the remote station.
 

o  sdus sent

   Number of data messages sent to the remote station.
 

o  service octets received

   Number of data octets received from the remote station.
 

o  service octets sent

   Number of data octets sent to the remote station.
 

o  transmit underruns

   Number of times that the host memory could not supply data fast
   enough to satisfy the communications channel.
 

4  Status
 

o  physical port name

   Name of the Physical layer port returned when the port is opened.
   If this value is missing, the port has yet to be opened.
 

o  state

   State of the frame link entity.

   off   The link is disabled.

   on    The link is enabled.
 

o  uid

   Entity's unique identifier, which is generated when the entity is
   created.


3  port

   show  [node node-id] frame -
                 port port-name  attribute [,attribute...]
                                 all [attributes]
                                 all identifiers
                                 all status

   Examples:

   show frame port * all

   show frame port * name, state

4  Identifier
 

o  name

   Simple name assigned to the port when it is created.
 

4  Status
 

o  client

   Name of the client entity that opened the port.
 

o  link

   Name of the frame link entity that the client supplied when the
   port was opened.
 

o  state

   State of the frame port entity.

   open           The port is assigned to a client.

   open           The port is assigned to a client, but the
   disabled       appropriate link entity has been disabled.


2  hdlc

   show  [node node-id] hdlc  version
                              all [attributes]
                              all characteristics
 
   Example:

   show hdlc version


3  Characteristic
 

o  version

   Version of the HDLC architecture specification to which the
   implementation conforms. You cannot modify this characteristic.
 

3  link

   show  [node node-id] hdlc -
                  link link-id  attribute [,attribute...]
                                all [attributes]
                                all characteristics
                                all counters
                                all identifiers
                                all status

   Examples:

   show hdlc link * name, state

   show hdlc link hdlc-0 all

4  Characteristics
 

o  acknowledge timer

   Default: 3000          Value: 1-60000

   Time (in milliseconds) to wait for an acknowledgment before using
   error recovery procedures. The value of this characteristic
   corresponds to the T1 parameter of HDLC. You can modify this
   characteristic only when the entity is disabled.
 

o  holdback timer

   Default: 0             Value: 1-60000

   Maximum time to wait before sending an acknowledgment supervisory
   frame if no other frames carry the acknowledgment. A value of
   zero means that the frame will be sent immediately if no I-frame
   can be sent. You can modify this characteristic only when the
   entity is disabled.
 

o  link type

   Operational mode of the HDLC link. The value of this
   characteristic is a copy of the link type argument specified when
   the entity is created. You cannot modify this characteristic.
 

o  maximum data size

   Default: 1500          Value: 262-65532

   Maximum number of bytes that users of the data link can specify.
   This number applies to both transmit and receive frames.

   The value of this characteristic must be greater than or equal to
   the value of the minimum data size characteristic. You can modify
   this characteristic only when the entity is disabled.
 

o  maximum unsequenced pdus

   Default: 1             Value: 1-127

   Maximum number of unsequenced I-frames that a primary or
   secondary station can send in a single transmission. This
   characteristic is not used if the link type characteristic is
   balanced.
 

o  minimum data size

   Default: 576           Value: 262-65532

   Minimum number of bytes that users of the data link can specify.
   This number applies to both transmit and receive frames.

   The value of this characteristic must be less than or equal to
   the value of the maximum data size characteristic. You can modify
   this characteristic only when the entity is disabled.
 

o  physical line

   Default: None          Value: local entity name

   Local entity name of the the Physical layer entity over which the
   HDLC protocol is to operate.

   This characteristic must have a value before the HDLC link is
   enabled. You can modify this characteristic only when the entity
   is disabled.
 

o  preferred crc type

   Default: Either        Value: 16 bit, 32 bit, or either

   CRC types available for negotiation. If the value of this
   characteristic is either, the station will try to use 32-bit but
   will use 16-bit if that is all that the remote station supports.
 

o  preferred local station address

   Default: 2             Value: 1-253

   Address proposed for the local logical station during
   negotiation. If there is no negotiation, the value of this
   characteristic is the value that is used. If negotiation is
   necessary, the value of this characteristic must be between 2
   and 253. You can modify this characteristic only when the entity
   is disabled.
 

o  preferred maximum data size

   Default: 1500          Value: 262-65532

   Default size (in octets) of frames that the station receives and
   transmits. This value is used only if the link initialization
   does not specify a buffer value.

   The value of this characteristic must lie between those of the
   maximum data size and minimum data size characteristics. You can
   modify this characteristic to a lower value only when the entity
   is disabled.
 

o  preferred window size

   Default: 2             Value: 1-127

   Window size to be offered during negotiation for both receive
   and transmit frames. The value of this characteristic must be
   compatible with that for the sequence modulus characteristic.
 

o  profile (OpenVMS)

   Simple name that can be used when the HDLC protocol is dependent
   on network subscription time commitments pertinent to the Data
   Link layer. The value of this characteristic is a copy of the
   profile argument specified when the entity is created. You cannot
   modify this characteristic. 
 

o  receive buffers (OpenVMS)

   Default: 4             Value: 1-128

   Number of receive buffers reserved for the link. This
   characteristic can only be set to a lower value when the entity
   is disabled. 
 

o  retry maximum

   Default: 10            Value: 1-255

   Maximum number of times that a frame will be retransmitted before
   the local station assumes that a fatal error has occurred. This
   characteristic can be modified only when the entity is disabled.
 

o  sequence modulus

   Default: 128           Value: 8 or 128

   Whether modulo-8 or modulo-128 sequence numbering is allowed
   on the HDLC link. The value 8 means that only normal sequence
   numbering is allowed. The value 128 means that both extended and
   normal sequence numbering are supported for negotiation.
 

4  Counters
 

o  buffer unavailable errors

   Number of times that the Physical layer reported that no buffer
   was available to hold a message. This counter is not supported in
   all implementations.
 

o  crc errors received

   Number of frames received that had a bad CRC.
 

o  creation time

   Time at which this entity was created.
 

o  times pdu receive overrun

   Number of times a Physical line indicated an overrun condition
   to the Data Link layer. This counter is not supported in all
   implementations.
 

o  times pdu transmit failed

   Number of times that an attempt to send a frame failed.
 

o  up transitions

   Number of times that the entity's status attribute state has
   changed from off to on.
 

4  Identifier
 

o  name

   Simple name assigned to the HDLC link when it is created.
 

4  Status
 

o  actual sequence modulus

   Sequence number modulus in use on the link. Until negotiation is
   complete, this attribute has the value 128. However, if the value
   of the characteristic sequence modulus is 8, the modulus always
   appears as the value 8.

   8        Indicates that modulo-8 numbering is in use.
   128      Indicates that modulo-128 numbering is in use.
 

o  interframe delay

                          Value: 0-109

   Time required between frames to enable the local station to
   successfully receive them.
 

o  maximum pdu size

                          Value: 1-65535

   Maximum frame size (in octets) that can be used on the link.
   Until negotiation is complete, the value of this status attribute
   is the same as the characteristic preferred maximum data size.
 

o  negotiated crc type

   CRC mode that has been negotiated with the remote station. This
   mode will not be used until the station is next enabled. Until
   negotiation is complete, the value of this is 16-bit.
 

o  line type

                          Value: Switched or nonswitched

   Defines whether the underlying physical line is switched or
   nonswitched. This status affects the subset of port states that
   are related to a given link.
 

o  physical port

   Name of the port in the Physical layer associated with the
   communications link.
 

o  response address

   Address that the remote station puts in response frames.
 

o  state

   State of the HDLC link. This reflects the last enable or disable
   command issued.

   off       The link is disabled.
   on        The link is enabled.
 

o  window size

                          Value: 1-127

   Maximum number of I-frames that can be outstanding before
   an acknowledgment must be received. Until negotiation is
   complete, the value of this status attribute is the same as the
   characteristic preferred window size.
 

o  uid

   Entity's unique identifier, which is generated when the entity is
   created.
 
4  logical_station

   show  [node node-id] hdlc -
     link link-name -
        logical station station-name  attribute [,attribute...]
                                      all [attributes]
                                      all counters
                                      all identifiers
                                      all status
   Examples:

   show hdlc link hdlc-0 logical station * all

   show hdlc link hdlc-0 logical station * name, state


5  Counters
 

o  creation time

   Time at which this entity was created.
 

o  data octets received

   Total number of octets received in the I-field of I-frames and
   UI-frames. This total excludes protocol ID information in UI-
   frames and frame retransmissions.
 

o  data octets sent

   Total number of octets sent in the I-field of I-frames and UI-
   frames. This total excludes protocol ID information in UI-frames
   and frame retransmissions.
 

o  data pdus received

   Total number of I-frames and UID-frames received. This number
   does not include frames that had to be retransmitted.
 

o  data pdus sent

   Total number of I-frames and UID-frames sent. This number does
   not include frames that had to be retransmitted.
 

o  frmrs generated

   Number of FRMRs (frame rejects) sent.
 

o  frmrs received

   Number of FRMRs (frame rejects) received.
 

o  invalid mode commands

   Number of command frames (SABME, SABM, SNRME, SNRM, SARM, and
   SIM) received that are not applicable to this station.
 

o  negotiation failures

   Number of times that the XID negotiation with the remote station
   has failed.
 

o  polls received

   Number of frames received with the poll bit set.
 

o  rejs received

   Number of REJ frames (rejects) received.
 

o  rejs sent

   Number of REJ frames (rejects) sent.
 

o  rnrs received

   Number of RNR (receive not ready) supervisory frames received
   from the remote station.
 

o  rnrs sent

   Number of RNR (receive not ready) supervisory frames transmitted.
 

o  times acknowledge timer expired

   Number of times that the acknowledge timer has expired.
 

o  times station halted

   Number of times the station halt event has occurred.
 

o  times station initializing

   Number of times the station initialized event has occurred.
 

o  times station inoperative

   Number of times the entity's status attribute state became
   inoperative.
 

o  times station maintenance

   Number of times the entity's status attribute state became
   maintenance.
 

o  times station resetting

   Number of times that the station reset event has occurred.
 

o  times station running

   Number of times that the station running event has occurred.
 

o  times station setup failed

   Number of times the station setup failure event has occurred.
 

o  unknown ui pdus received

   Number of UI-frames the local station received whose protocol ID
   does not match that of any open port.
 

o  xids received

   Number of XID (identification) command or response frames
   received.
 

5  Identifier
 

o  name

   Simple name assigned to the logical station when it is created.
 

5  Status
 

o  command address

   Address the local station uses when sending command frames to the
   remote station.
 

o  maintenance mode

   Whether the station is in maintenance mode. When set to true, the
   station will be used exclusively for maintenance operations. When
   set to false, the station operates in normal fashion.

   The limit command sets the value of this attribute to true, and
   the unlimit to false.
 

o  protocol state

   State of the data link protocol.

   error          A protocol error occurred. For instance, the
                  logical station received an invalid frame.

   halted         The protocol could not start. For example, there
                  is no client.

   initializing   The protocol is being initialized.

   inoperative    The protocol cannot be started because no contact
                  has been established with the remote station.

   maintenance    The logical station is in maintenance mode.

   resetting      The protocol is resetting after an error.

   running        The protocol is running and capable of exchanging
                  frames with the remote station.
 

o  remote version

   Version number of the HDLC protocol that the remote station is
   using. This is received as part of an XID message from the remote
   station.
 

o  state

   State of the logical station.

   off      The logical station is off because of a disable command.

   on       The logical station is on because of an enable command.
 

o  uid

   Entity's unique identifier, which is generated when the entity is
   created.
 

3  port

   show  [node node-id] hdlc -
               port port-name  attribute [,attribute...]
                               all [attributes]
                               all identifiers
                               all status
 
   Example:

   show hdlc port * name, state

   show hdlc port * all


4  Identifier
 

o  name

   Simple name assigned to the port when it is created.
 

4  Status
 

o  client

   Name of the client using the port.
 

o  logical station

   hdlc link logical station entity that the port is operating over.
 

o  protocol id

   Protocol ID that the port is using. For sequenced ports, this
   value is decided during negotiation. For unsequenced ports, the
   value is sent in every UI-frame.
 

o  state

   State of the port.

   open           The port is assigned to a client. If the
                  communications line is unswitched, data transfer
                  can begin. For switched lines, an association must
                  be made with the line before data transfer can
                  begin.

   open           The port is associated with a client, but the link
   disabled       or logical station associated with it is disabled.
 

o  type

   Type of port.

   sequenced      The port can send and receive sequenced and
                  unsequenced data.

   unsequenced    The port can send and receive unsequenced data
                  only.

2  known

3  links

   The NCP command SHOW KNOWN LINKS has no equivalent in NCL.  
   However, you may obtain similar information using the "show 
   know links" task of the Network Management GUI.  

   You may wish to enable the displaying of NCL commands in 
   that utility in order to see what NCL commands are necessary 
   to produce the output.  

   For more information, refer to HELP NETWORK_MANAGEMENT TOOLS GUI. 
  

3  node_counters

   The NCP command SHOW KNOWN NODE COUNTERS has no equivalent in NCL.  
   However, you may obtain similar information using the "show know 
   node counters" task of the Network Management GUI.  

   You may wish to enable the displaying of NCL commands in that 
   utility in order to see what NCL commands are necessary to produce 
   the output.  

   For more information, refer to HELP NETWORK_MANAGEMENT TOOLS GUI. 

2  lapb

   show  [node node-id] lapb  version
                              all [attributes]
                              all characteristics
 

3  Characteristic
 

o  version

   Default: None	    Value: Current version number
  
   Version number of the DNA HDLC architecture to which this
   implementation conforms. You cannot modify this characteristic.
 

3  link

   show [node node-id] lapb -
             link simple-name  attribute [,attribute...]
                               all [attributes]
                               all characteristics
                               all counters
                               all identifiers
                               all status
 
   Examples:

   show lapb link * name, protocol state

   show lapb link link-0 all



4  Characteristics
 

o  acknowledge timer

   Default: Supplied by profile     Value: 1-60000
  
   Time, in milliseconds, to wait for an acknowledgment before
   initiating recovery action. This attribute corresponds to the
   LAPB parameter T1. You can modify this characteristic only when
   the entity is disabled.
 

o  holdback timer

   Default: Implementation specific    Value: 0-60000
   
   Delay, in milliseconds, before an acknowledgment must be sent.
   This characteristic corresponds to the LAPB parameter T2. You can
   modify this characteristic only when the entity is disabled.
 

o  interface type

   Default: dte           Value: dce or dte

   Address mode for this link.

   dce   Use DCE address mode.
   dte   Use DTE address mode.

   You can modify this characteristic only when the entity is
   disabled.
 

o  maximum data size

   Default: Supplied by   Value: 1-65532
   profile

   Maximum frame size, in octets, of an information field in an
   I-frame.
 

o  physical line

   Default: No default    Value: Local entity name

   Name of the Physical layer and line entity over which the LAPB
   protocol is to operate. You must give this characteristic a value
   before you enable the link.
 

o  poll timer

   Default: Implementation specific   Value: Supplied by profile
   
   Maximum period in seconds that may elapse without frames being
   exchanged on the Data Link. On expiration, an RR(P) is sent to
   elicit a response from the other end.
 

o  profile

   Default: No default           Value: String

   Name of the X.25 Level 2 Profile that defines subscription
   details associated with the PSDN to which this DTE is connected.
   You cannot modify this characteristic. This characteristic is set
   by means of an argument to the create command.
 

o  receive buffers (OpenVMS)

   Default: Implementation specific    Value: 1-128
  
   Specifies the number of receive data buffers.
 

o  retry maximum

   Default: Supplied by profile       Value: 1-255

   Maximum number of times that a frame will be retransmitted
   before assuming a fatal error, at which point more drastic
   error recovery action will be attempted. This characteristic
   corresponds to the LAPB parameter N2.
 

o  sequence modulus

   Default: Supplied by profile      Value: 8 or 128
   
   Type of sequence numbering.

   8     Use normal sequence numbering.
   128   Use extended sequence numbering.
 

o  window size

   Default: Supplied by profile      Value: 1-127
   
   Window size for transmitting and receiving I-frames. This
   characteristic corresponds to the LAPB parameter K.
 

4  Counters
 

o  buffer unavailable errors (OpenVMS)

   Number of times that the underlying framing level has indicated
   system buffer unavailability to the Data Link layer.
 

o  crc errors received

   Number of frames received with a bad CRC.
 

o  creation time

   Time at which the entity was created.
 

o  data octets received

   Number of data octets received from the remote station. This
   value does not include retransmissions.
 

o  data octets sent

   Number of data octets sent to the remote station. This value does
   not include retransmissions.
 

o  data pdus received

   Number of I-frames received from the remote station. This value
   does not include retransmissions.
 

o  data pdus sent

   Number of I-frames sent to the remote station. This value does
   not include retransmissions.
 

o  frmrs sent

   Number of FRMR frames generated as a result of invalid incoming
   frames.
 

o  frmrs received

   Number of FRMR frames received.
 

o  polls received

   Number of command frames received with the P-bit set.
 

o  rejs received

   Number of REJ frames received.
 

o  rejs sent

   Number of REJ frames transmitted.
 

o  rnrs received

   Number of RNR frames received.
 

o  rnrs sent

   Number of RNR frames transmitted.
 

o  times acknowledge timer expired

   Number of times the local acknowledge timer has expired.
 

o  times link halted

   Number of times the link halt event has been generated.
 

o  times link initializing

   Number of times the link initializing event has been generated.
 

o  times link inoperative

   Number of times the link inoperative event has been generated.
 

o  times link maintenance

   Number of times the link maintenance event has been generated.
 

o  times link resetting

   Number of times the link reset event has been generated.
 

o  times link running

   Number of times the link running event has been generated.
 

o  times link setup failed

   Number of times the link setup failure event has been generated.
 

o  times link state changed

   Number of times a link state transition has occurred.
 

o  times pdu receive overrun

   Specifies the number of times a physical line indicated an
   overrun condition to the Data Link layer.
 

o  times pdu transmit failed

   Number of times an attempt to transmit a frame has failed.
 

4  Identifier
 

o  name

   Simple name assigned to the link when it is created.
 

4  Status
 

o  line type

   Type of line over which this link operates.

   nonswitched    The line is a nonswitched line.

   switched       The line is a switched line.
 

o  maximum pdu size

   Maximum frame size, in octets, that this station will receive and
   transmit. This value includes the frame header.
 

o  physical port

   Name of the Physical layer port with which the link is
   associated.
 

o  protocol state

   State of the LAPB protocol with respect to the remote station.

   error          The protocol is in a recognized error state.

   halted         The protocol has halted.

   initializing   The protocol is being initialized.

   inoperative    The protocol cannot be started without
                  connectivity to the remote station.

   maintenance    The link is in maintenance mode.

   resetting      The protocol is undergoing a reset operation.

   running        The protocol is running normally.
 

o  state

   Status of the lapb link entity.

   off   The link is disabled.

   on    The link is enabled.
 

o  uid

   Entity's unique identifier, which is generated when the entity is
   created.


3  port

   show  [node node-id] lapb -
               port port-name  attribute [,attribute...]
                               all [attributes]
                               all identifiers
                               all status
   Examples:

   show lapb port * all

   show lapb port * name, state

 
4  Identifier
 

o  name

   Simple name assigned to the port when it is created.
 

4  Status
 

o  client name

   Name of the client with which the port is associated.
 

o  link

   Name of the link with which the port is associated.


o  state

   State of the lapb port entity.

   open           The port is assigned to a client.

   open           The port is assigned to a client, but the
   disabled       associated link is disabled.
 

o  type

   Type of port.

   sequenced      The port is used for sending LAPB data.

   unsequenced    The port is used for sending loopback data.
                  This is only possible if the maintenance mode
                  characteristic of the relevant lapb link entity is
                  set to true.
 

2  llc2

   show [node node-id] llc2   version
                              all [attributes]
                              all characteristics
 

3  Characteristics

o  version

   Specifies the version number of the DNA LLC2 architecture to 
   which this implementation conforms. You cannot modify this
   characteristic. To display this attribute, specify all or
   version.
 

3  port

   show [node node-id] llc2 -
             port simple-name  attribute [,attribute...]
                               all [attributes]
                               all identifiers
                               all status

   Examples:

   show llc2 port * name, client

   show llc2 port * all

4  Identifiers

o  name

   Specifies the simple-name assigned to the port when it is created.
 

4  Status

o  client

   Specifies the name of the client that opened the port.


o  link name

   Specifies the name of the llc2 sap link entity the port is
   associated with.


o  state

   Specifies the state of the llc2 port entity.

   open          The port is assigned to a client and is enabled.

   disabled      The port is assigned to a client but is disabled.


3  sap

   show [node node-id] llc2 -
             sap simple-name  attribute [,attribute...]
                              all [attributes]
                              all characteristics
                              all counters
                              all identifiers
                              all status
     		
   Examples:

   show llc2 sap * name

   show llc2 sap sap-0 local lsap address, lan station


4  Characteristics

o  lan station

   Default: No entity name     Value: Local-entity-name
   
   Specifies the name of the LAN station entity used by the SAP. You
   must specify a value for this attribute before you enable the SAP.


o  local lsap address

   Default: 7E            Value: Hex-number

   Specifies the address of the local link service access point
   (LSAP) to be used. The lowest significant bit of this value must
   be clear; the address specified must be an individual address.
 

4  Counters

o  creation time

   Specifies the time the entity was created.


o  times sap state changed

   Specifies the number of times the status attribute STATE has
   changed from On to Off, or from Off to On.
 

4  Identifiers

o  name

   Specifies the simple-name assigned to the SAP when it is created.
 

4  Status


o  lan port

   Specifies the name of the LAN port that is opened and enabled when
   this SAP is successfully enabled. If no port has been opened, this
   status has a null value.


o  maximum pdu size

   Specifies the largest frame size, in octets, that can be used to
   send or receive data on this SAP.


o  state

   Specifies the state of the llc2 sap entity.

   off   The SAP is disabled.

   on    The SAP is enabled.


o  uid

   Specifies the entity's unique identifier that is generated when
   the entity is created.
 

4  link

   show [node node-id] llc2 -
       sap simple-name -
            link simple-name  attribute [,attribute...]
                              all [attributes]
                              all characteristics
                              all counters
                              all identifiers
                              all status
 
   Examples:

   show llc2 sap sap-0 link * name, state

   show llc2 sap sap-0 link dte-1 all


5  Characteristics

o  acknowledge timer

   Default: 1000          Value: 1-60000

   Time, in milliseconds, that the link waits for an
   acknowledgment before initiating recovery action. The granularity 
   of this timer is 10 milliseconds. Values that are not multiples of 
   10 are rounded up.


o  busy timer

   Default: 10000         Value: 1-60000

   Time, in milliseconds, that the link waits for indication
   of the clearance of a busy condition at the remote station.
   The granularity of this timer is 10 milliseconds. Values that are
   not multiples of 10 are rounded up.


o  holdback timer

   Default: 500           Value: 0-60000

   Delay, in milliseconds, before an acknowledgment
   must be sent. The granularity of this timer is 10 milliseconds.
   Values that are not multiples of 10 are rounded down.


o  local receive window size

   Default: 127           Value: 1-127

   Window size used by the link for receiving frames.
 

o  maximum data size

   Default: 1028          Value: 1-65531

   Largest frame size, in octets, the link can use to
   send or receive data. This value does not include the size of the
   frame header.


o  poll timer

   Default: 1000          Value: 1-60000

   Time, in milliseconds, the link waits for a response
   with the F bit set. The granularity of this timer is 
   10 milliseconds. Values that are not multiples of 10 
   are rounded up.


o  reject timer

   Default: 3000          Value: 1-60000

   Time, in milliseconds, the link waits for a reply to
   a REJ (reject) frame. The granularity of this timer is 
   10 milliseconds. Values that are not multiples of 10 
   are rounded up.


o  remote lsap address

   Default: 7E            Value: Hex-number

   Address of the destination LSAP (local service access point) to be 
   used by the link. The lowest significant bit must be clear; the 
   specified address must be an individual address.
 

o  remote mac address

   Default: 00-00-00-00-00-00      Value: LAN-address

   Specifies the destination MAC address to be used by the link.
   The lowest significant bit of the first octet must be clear;
   that is, the address must be an individual address. 


o  retry maximum

   Default: 10            Value: 1-255

   Maximum number of times the link retransmits a frame
   before assuming a fatal error and taking more drastic recovery
   action.
 

5  Counters

o  acknowledge timer expirations

   Specifies the number of times the local acknowledge timer has
   expired.


o  busy timer expirations

   Specifies the number of times the local busy timer has expired.


o  creation time

   Specifies the time the entity was created.


o  data pdus received

   Specifies the number of I frames and UI frames received from
   the remote end of the link. This value does not include
   retransmissions.


o  data pdus sent

   Specifies the number of I frames and UI frames transmitted
   to the remote end of the link. This value does not include
   retransmissions.


o  data octets received

   Specifies the number of data octets received in I frames and
   UI frames from the remote end of the link. This value does not
   include data octets in retransmissions.


o  data octets sent
 
   Specifies the number of data octets transmitted in I frames and UI
   frames to the remote end of the link. This value does not include
   data octets in retransmissions.


o  frmrs received

   Specifies the number of FRMR (frame reject) frames received.


o  frmrs sent

   Specifies the number of FRMR (frame reject) frames generated as a
   result of invalid incoming frames.


o  polls received

   Specifies the number of command frames received with the P bit
   set.


o  poll timer expirations

   Specifies the number of times the local poll timer has expired.


o  reject timer expirations

   Specifies the number of times the local reject timer has expired.


o  rejs received

   Specifies the number of REJ (reject) frames received.


o  rejs sent

   Specifies the number of REJ (reject) frames transmitted.
 

o  rnrs received

   Specifies the number of RNR (receive not ready) frames received.


o  rnrs sent

   Specifies the number of RNR (receive not ready) frames
   transmitted.


o  times link changed state

   Specifies the number of times the link's status attribute state
   changed from On to Off, or from Off to On.


o  times link halted

   Specifies the number of times the link's status attribute protocol
   state was set to Halted.


o  times link initializing

   Specifies the number of times the link's status attribute protocol
   state was set to Initializing.


o  times link inoperative

   Specifies the number of times the link's status attribute protocol
   state was set to Inoperative.


o  times link resetting

   Specifies the number of times the link's status attribute protocol
   state was set to Resetting.
 

o  times link running

   Specifies the number of times the link's status attribute protocol
   state was set to Running. When the link enters the Running state,
   the protocol has been successfully initialized or reset.


o  times link setup failed

   Specifies the number of times the llc2 protocol fails to
   initialize correctly after the maximum number of retries.


o  xids received

   Specifies the number of XID frames received.


o  xids sent

   Specifies the number of XID frames transmitted.
 

5  Identifiers

o  name

   Specifies the simple-name assigned to the link when it is created.
 

5  Status


o  protocol state

   Specifies the state of the llc2 protocol with respect to the
   remote station.

   error         The protocol is in a recognized error state.

   halted        The protocol has halted.

   initializing  The protocol is being initialized.

   inoperative   The protocol cannot be started because the LAN
                 station cannot provide a connection to a remote
                 system.

   resetting     The protocol is being reset.

   running       The protocol is running normally.


o  remote llc class

   Specifies the class of the remote llc.

   1         Class 1 llc. Only type 1 operation is supported.

   2         Class 2 llc. Both type 1 and type 2 operation are
             supported.

   unknown   The class has not yet been established. The class is
             not established until xid frames have been exchanged
             between the local and remote llc implementations.


o  remote receive window size

   Specifies the window size used by the remote station for receiving
   frames. The local station uses this value as its window for
   transmitting frames.
 

o  state

   Specifies the state of the llc2 link entity.

   off   The link is disabled.

   on    The link is enabled.


o  uid

   Specifies the entity's unique identifier that is generated when
   the entity is created.
 

2  loopback_application

   show [node node-id] loopback application  attribute [,attribute]
                                             all [attributes]
                                             all characteristics

   Examples:

   show loopback application all

   show loopback application maximum mirrors, maximum data

3  Characteristics
 
o  maximum data

   Default: 4096              

   The maximum size, in octets, of the loop message data field that
   the loop mirror can reflect. If the loop mirror receives a loop
   message with a longer data field, an error occurs. You cannot
   modify this characteristic.

 
o  maximum mirrors

   Default: 0             Value: 0-4294967295

   Enter the maximum number of loop mirrors supported. If you enter
   the value 0, the node supports an unlimited number of mirrors.

   For Tru64 UNIX, to limit the number of loop mirrors, use the maximum
   instances characteristic of the session control application mir (NOT
   MIRROR) entity.
 

2  modem_connect
  
   show  [node node-id] modem connect  version
                                       all [attributes]
                                       all characteristics
    

3  Characteristic

   version

   The version number of the DNA Modem Connect architecture to
   which the implementation conforms. You cannot modify this
   characteristic.


3  data_port
  
   show [node node-id] modem connect -
                  data port port-name  attribute [,attribute...]
                                       all [attributes]
                                       all identifiers
                                       all status

   Example:

   show modem connect data port * name, state

4  Identifier

o  name

   Simple name assigned to the data port.

4  Status

o  client

   Name supplied by the client when the port was opened. This defines
   which client owns the port.


o  line

   Name of the modem connect line entity that the client supplied
   when the port was opened.


o  state

   State of data port.

   open             The port is assigned to a client.

   open disabled    The port is assigned to a client, but the line
                    entity that port refers to is disabled.


3  line
                                       
   show  [node node-id] modem connect -
                        line line-name  attribute [,attribute]
                                        all [attributes]
                                        all characteristics  
                                        all counters
                                        all identifiers
                                        all status
                                        all interchange circuits

   Examples:                                 

   show modem connect line * name, state

   show modem connect line DSY-0-0 all

   show modem connect line ddcmp-0 all interchange circuits


4  Characteristics

o  alternate speed

   Default: 0

   Alternate (low) speed (in bits per second) to operate the
   line. You can modify this characteristic only when the entity
   is disabled. This characteristic is supported only when the
   characteristic communications mode is asynchronous, the
   characteristic modem control is full, the characteristic modem
   options includes rateselect, the characteristic clock is internal,
   and when the alternate line speed is needed.


o  call accept timer

   Default: 0

   Minimum time (in milliseconds) between the assertion of data set
   ready and accepting a call by asserting request to send. This
   characteristic is not supported if the characteristic modem
   control is none.


o  carrier loss timer

   Default: 15000

   Maximum time (in milliseconds) that the carrier detect signal
   can be absent before the loss of carrier event is generated.
   This characteristic is not supported if the characteristic modem
   control is none.


o  clock

   Source of the transmit and receive clocks.

   external         The modem provides the clock.

   internal         The communications device provides the clock.

   reflected        The DTE transmit clock is a reflection of the
                    DCE transmit clock. This minimizes the clock to
                    data skew that the DCE encounters when high line
                    speeds are used.

   The default value depends on the setting of the characteristic
   communications mode. If communications mode is asynchronous, the
   default value of this characteristic is internal. Otherwise, the
   default value is external.

   The value of this attribute has no effect when the communications
   line is in loopback mode. In this case, the type of loopback
   determines the type of clock. You can modify this characteristic
   only when the entity is disabled.


o  communications mode

   Default: Sychronous        Value: Asynchronous or synchronous

   Communications method to be used on the link, either asynchronous
   or synchronous. The value of this characteristic is a copy of the
   communications mode argument specified when the entity is created.
   You cannot modify this characteristic.


o  communications port

   Default: None

   Name of the communications port. The value of this characteristic
   is a copy of the communications port argument specified when the
   entity is created. You cannot modify this characteristic.


o  connection type (Tru64 UNIX)

   Default: Nonswitched           Value: Nonswitched or switched

   Indicates whether the line is switched or non-switched. The value
   of this characteristic is a copy of the connection type argument
   specified when the entity is created. You cannot modify this
   characteristic.


o  duplex

   Default: Full		Value: Full or half

   Indicates whether the line is full- or half-duplex. The value of
   this characteristic is a copy of the duplex argument specified
   when the entity is created. You cannot modify this characteristic.


o  encoding

   Default: normal            Value: normal or nrzi

   Encoding technique used on the line. You can modify this
   characteristic only when the entity is disabled.


o  initial hold timer (Tru64 UNIX)

   Default: 10                

   Maximum time, in seconds, that the entity waits for an incoming
   call to be accepted.


o  maximum call setup timer (Tru64 UNIX)

   Default: 60                

   Maximum time, in seconds, that the entity waits for an outgoing
   call to connect.


o  maximum disable transmit timer

   Default: 500			Value: 0-60000

   Maximum time, in milliseconds, that clear to send can remain
   asserted before the line is disconnected after Request to Send
   is deasserted. This attribute is not supported if the
   characteristic modem control is set to none.


o  maximum dsr deassertion timer

   Default: 5000		Value: 0-60000

   Maximum time, in milliseconds, the entity will wait for data set
   ready to be deasserted after it has deasserted data terminal
   ready. If this timer expires, the entity assumes it can assert
   data terminal ready once again. This attribute is not
   supported if the characteristic modem control is set to none.


o  maximum enable transmit timer

   Default: 2000              Value: 1-5000

   Maximum time, in milliseconds, between the assertion of the
   request to send signal and receiving the assertion of the clear
   to send signal. This attribute is not supported if the
   characteristic modem control is set to none.


o  minimum dtr deassertion timer

   Default: 1000	      Value: 0-60000

   Minimum timer, in milliseconds, that the DTE will deassert data
   terminal ready during a disconnection. This attribute is not
   supported if the characteristic modem control is set to none.


o  modem control

   Default: Full              Value: Full or none

   Indicates whether the interchange circuits are to be monitored and
   used. The value none means that only the data leads are monitored.

   The value full must be used when the value of the characteristic
   duplex is half. This characteristic is supported only if
   the characteristic connection type is switched.


o  modem options

   Default: No options        Value: Set of options

   Set of values that determine the capabilities of the modem. 

   dialout          The modem can dial the remote modem. Supported
     		    only if the value of communications type is
     		    switched. This value is supported by Tru64 UNIX
                    only.

   direct           The modem is directly connected to the remote
                    modem through a non-switched line. Supported
                    only if accompanied withdialout and used only
                    when the modem protocol type supports direct
                    dial. This value is supported by Tru64 UNIX
                    only.

   rate select      The modem is capable of data rate selection.

   
o  modem protocol format (Tru64 UNIX)

   Default: See following     Value: See following description.
   description.

   Format to use for V.25bis protocol messages. This characteristic 
   applies only when the characteristic modem protocol type is 
   v25bis or dmcl.

   asynchronous     Use the asynchronous format.

   hdlc             Use the HDLC format.

   synchronous      Use the synchronous format.

   The default value depends on the value of the characteristic
   communications mode. If communications mode is asynchronous, the
   default value of this characteristic is also asynchronous. If the
   value of communications mode is synchronous, the default value of
   this characteristic is hdlc.


o  modem protocol type (Tru64 UNIX)

   Default: V25bis            Value: See description

   Protocol that the modem uses to select modem options and to set
   line control parameters. 

   at               A set of automatic calling procedures used in the
                    Hayes Smart Modem 2400.

   dmcl             The Digital Modem Control Language, based on
                    V.25bis.

   v25              A set of automatic calling and answering
                    procedures defined by CCITT. These procedures
                    use the 200-series circuits defined in the
                    CCITT recommendation V.24. The V.235 procedures
                    are also known as parallel automatic calling
                    procedures.

   v25bis           A set of automatic calling and answering
                    procedures defined by CCITT. These procedures
                    use the 100-series circuits defined in the CCITT
                    recommendation V.24. The V.25bis procedures
                    are also known as serial automatic calling
                    procedures.


o  profile

   Default: None

   Name of the local profile to be used with the line. This profile
   is used to restrict the range of various line attributes, and to
   change the defaults for those attributes. The value of
   this characteristic is a copy of the profile argument specified
   when the entity is created. 


o  rate select

   Default: High              Value: High or Low

   Specifies which of the line rates is to be used if none is
   specified when a call is set up.

   high  	The value of the speed characteristic is used.

   low 		The value of the alternate speed characteristic
                is used.


o  speed

   Default: 0

   High speed, in bits per second, to be used on the line. This value
   is always used on asynchronous links. It is used on synchronous
   links only in the following circumstances:

   o  When the value of the clock characteristic is internal

   o  When a null modem cable is detected

   o  When using a loopback mode that uses internal clocking

   
o  successful call indication timer

   Default: 30

   Maximum time, in seconds, that the entity will wait for indication
   of a successful call before disconnecting the line. This
   attribute is not supported if the characteristic modem
   control is set to none.


o  suppress test indicator

   Default: False             Value: True or false

   Specifies whether the Test Mode signal is to be monitored. If the
   value is false, a change in the circuit will be monitored and will
   cause the Test Indication event to be generated.

   You should set this characteristic to true in cases where the
   transitions of this signal are not produced by entering test
   mode, so that this signal should be ignored.


o  transmit holdoff timer

   Default: 0

   Necessary delay, in milliseconds, between the transmitter
   being disabled and then reenabled. The value 0 means
   that the request to send signal can be asserted as soon as the
   client requests it. This characteristic is not supported if the
   characteristic modem control is set to none.

4  Counters

o  cable faults

   Total number of times that the communications cable was detected
   as missing or invalid.


o  creation time

   Time at which this entity was created.


o  device errors

   Total number of times that a potential device error has been
   reported.


o  framing errors

   Total number of framing errors detected on the line. This counter
   is not supported if the characteristic communications mode is
   synchronous.


o  losses of carrier

   Total number of times that the carrier on the line was lost. This
   counter is maintained only if the characteristic modem control is
   none.


o  losses of clock

   Total number of times that the transmit or receive clock was lost.


o  outgoing call failures (Tru64 UNIX)

   Total number of times that an outgoing call failed to connect.
   

o  rate fallbacks

   Number of times that the DTE changed from the high data rate to
   the low (alternate) rate. This counter is supported only if the
   characteristic modem options includes rate select, and if the
   characteristic modem control is full.


o  test indications

   Number of times the DCE was put into test mode by the remote
   system. This counter is maintained only if the characteristic
   modem control is set to none.


o  times cable detected

   Total number of times that a a valid communications cable was
   detected following a an error counted by the counter cable faults.


o  times dce not ready

   Total number of times that a dce not ready event occurred. This
   counter is maintained only if the characteristic modem control is
   set to none.


o  times reset (OpenVMS)
   
   Number of times that the data link client has performed a line
   reset.


o  transmit enable timeouts

   Number of times the DCE failed to assert clear to send in response
   to request to send. This counter is maintained only if the
   characteristic modem control is set to none.

4  Identifier

o  name

   Simple name assigned to the line.


4  Status

o  actual speed

   Actual speed of the line, in bits per second. For internal clocking
   on some microcoded devices, a value of 0 indicates that the device
   has selected a speed appropriate for the connected interface. For
   external clocking, a value of 0 indicates that the speed is unknown.


o  device availability (OpenVMS)

   Indicates whether the hardware device associated with the named
   communications port is installed.  Support is mandatory on systems 
   that support line card hot swap.  When device availability has the
   value no device, the interface state takes the value
   pending DTE Ready and the interface type attribute takes the value
   unknown.
   

o  interface state

   State of the physical interface on the line.

   connected           A switched line is connected but not yet ready
                       to transmit or receive data.

   connecting          Call setup on a switched line is in progress.

   disconnecting       Call clear on a switched line is in progress.

   dte not ready       The entity is disabled.

   dte ready           The DTE is ready, but the DCE is not ready.

   full enabled        The line is enabled for data transmission and
                       reception.

   pending dte ready   The entity is enabled but the ready
                       state cannot be entered. For example, the
                       communications cable is not connected.

   ready               Both DTE and DCE are ready.

   receive enabled     The line is ready to receive data.

   transmit enabled    The line is ready for data transmission.


o  interface type

   Type of the physical interface connection.

   loopback         A loopback connector has been detected on the
                    interface.

   no cable         No cable is connected to the interface.

   null modem       A null modem cable is connected to the interface.

   rs232c           A cable conforming to the RS232C standard is
                    attached.

   rs422            A cable conforming to the RS422 standard is
                    attached.

   rs423-v24        This value appears where a cable is attached
                    but the connector cannot distinguish between the
                    RS423 and V.24 standards.

   rs449            A cable conforming to the RS449 standard is
                    attached.

   unknown          A cable is attached but its type is not known

   v28              A cable conforming to any of the CCITT V.24, V.28
                    standards, the IS 2110 standard, or the EIA-232-D
                    standard.

   v35              A cable conforming to the V35 standard is
                    attached.

   x.21             A cable conforming to the X.21 standard is
                    attached.


o  loopback mode

   Type of loopback in use on the line. The value of this status
   attribute is determined by the startloop and stoploop commands.

   connector        Data is looped through a loopback connector
                    attached to the communications device.

   device           Data is looped in the communications device.

   driver           Data is looped in the driver of the
                    communications device.

   external         Data is looped through a null modem or a modem in
                    loopback mode.

   local            The communications device has switched its local
                    modem into loopback mode.

   null             The line is not in loopback mode.

   remote           The communications device has switched the remote
                    modem into loopback mode.

o  modem type

   String identifying the local modem. If this status attribute has
   no value, the type could not be determined.


o  state

   Operating state of the line. The value of this attribute is
   affected by the enable and disable commands.

   off              The line has been disabled

   on               The line has been enabled


o  uid

   Entity's unique identifier, which is generated when the entity is
   created. 


4  Interchange_Circuits

   show modem connect line line-id all interchange circuits


   The modem connect line entity has a special attribute group 
   "interchange circuits", which lets you show a subset of the 
   status attributes.  This "interchange circuits" attribute
   group allows you to examine the instantaneous status of the 
   interchange circuits on the line.

   These circuits are known by different names in the various
   interface standards. The following list shows how the status 
   attribute names used in NCL correspond to those used in the 
   interface standards.

   For instance, the data terminal ready attribute is the name used
   for the CCITT V.24 circuit 108/2, the EIA-232-D CD circuit, the
   RS-499 TR circuit, and so on.

   When entering commands, always use the NCL attribute name.

   When displayed, each attribute has one of the following values:

     asserted        The circuit is asserted

     not applicable  The circuit does not exist on the interface
                    
     not asserted    The circuit is not asserted

     unknown         The modem cable is not connected or is invalid


5  CCITT_V.24_Circuits

   Modem Connect Line Interchange Circuits

   NCL Attribute Name    Circuit     Description
   ----------------------------------------------------------------------

   carrier detect        109         Data channel received line
                                     signal detector

   clear to send         106         Ready for sending

   data set ready        107         Data set ready

   data terminal ready   108/2       Data terminal ready

   local loopback        141         Local loopback

   remote loopback       140         Loopback/Maintenance test

   request to send       105         Request to send

   ring indicator        125         Calling indicator

   signalling rate       112         Data signal rate selector(DCE)
   indicator

   signalling rate       111         Data signal rate selector (DTE)
   selector

   test mode             142         Test indicator

5  DIN_66020_Blatt_1_Circuits

   Modem Connect Line Interchange Circuits

   NCL Attribute Name    Circuit     Description
   ----------------------------------------------------------------------

   carrier detect        M5          -

   clear to send         M2          -

   data set ready        M1          -

   data terminal ready   S1.2        -

   local loopback        PS3         -

   remote loopback       PS2         -

   request to send       S2          -

   ring indicator        M3          -

   signalling rate       not         -
   indicator             supported

   signalling rate       S4          -
   selector

   test mode             PM1         -


5  EIA-232-D_Circuits

   Modem Connect Line Interchange Circuits

   NCL Attribute Name    Circuit     Description
   ----------------------------------------------------------------------

   carrier detect        CF          Received Line Signal Detector

   clear to send         CB          Clear to Send

   data set ready        CC          DCE Ready

   data terminal ready   CD          DTE Ready

   local loopback        LL          Local Loopback

   remote loopback       RL          Remote Loopback

   request to send       CA          Request to Send

   ring indicator        CE          Ring Indicator

   signalling rate       CI          Data Signal Rate Selector (DCE)
   indicator

   signalling rate       CH          Data Signal Rate Selector (DTE)
   selector

   test mode             TM          Test Mode


5  RS-232-C_Circuits

   Modem Connect Line Interchange Circuits

   NCL Attribute Name    Circuit     Description
   ----------------------------------------------------------------------

   carrier detect        -           Received Line Signal Detector

   clear to send         -           Clear to Send

   data set ready        -           Data Set Ready

   data terminal ready   -           Data Terminal Ready

   local loopback        -           not supported

   remote loopback       -           not supported

   request to send       -           Request to Send

   ring indicator        -           Ring Indicator

   signalling rate       -           Data Signal Rate Selector (DCE)
   indicator

   signalling rate       -           Data Signal Rate Selector (DTE)
   selector

   test mode             -           not supported


5  RS-449_Circuits

   Modem Connect Line Interchange Circuits

   NCL Attribute Name    Circuit     Description
   ----------------------------------------------------------------------

   carrier detect        RR          Receiver Ready

   clear to send         CS          Clear to Send

   data set ready        DM          Data Mode

   data terminal ready   TR          Terminal Ready

   local loopback        LL          Local Loopback

   remote loopback       RL          Remote Loopback

   request to send       RS          Request to Send

   ring indicator        IC          Incoming Call

   signalling rate       SI          Signaling Rate Indicator
   indicator

   signalling rate       SR          Signaling Rate Selector
   selector

   test mode             TM          Test Mode



2  mop

   show  [node node-id] mop  attribute [,attribute...]
                             all [attributes]
                             all characteristics
                             all status

   Example:

   show mop all

   show mop state, supported functions

3  Characteristics
 
o  supported functions

   MOP components supported on the system. This is a read-only
   attribute.

   configuration monitor                load server
   console requester                    loop requester
   dump server                          query requester 
   load requester (Tru64 UNIX)          test requester 
 

o  version

   Default: Current version number

   Version number of the Maintenance Operations Protocol
   specification to which the implementation conforms. This is a
   read-only attribute.
 

3  Status
 
o  state

   State of the mop entity. This is a read-only attribute.

   off  The mop entity is disabled.

   on   The mop entity is enabled.


3  circuit

   show [node node-id] mop -
       circuit circuit-name  attribute [,attribute...]
                             all [attributes]
                             all characteristics
                             all counters
                             all identifiers
                             all status

   Example:

   show mop circuit * name, functions

   show mop circuit fddi-1 all

4  Identifiers

o  name

   Simple name assigned to the mop circuit when it was created.

4  Characteristics
 
o  known clients only 

   Default: False         Value: True or False

   Specifies whether MOP attempts to service load requests from
   remote systems which do not have a corresponding client entity.
   Some network servers are designed to request specific software
   by name, and in such a case there is no need for a client entity
   to exist. By default, MOP tries to process requests for named
   software from unknown clients. Set this attribute to true if you
   wish MOP to ignore such requests. 
 

o  link name

   Default: No name       Value: Data Link entity name

   Name of a station entity in the Data Link layer module indicated
   by the type characteristic. This name is passed to the Data Link
   layer module when MOP opens a portal for the circuit.

 
o  retransmit timer

   Default: 4             Value: 1-30

   Time (in seconds) to wait for a response before retransmitting a
   MOP protocol message.
 

o  type

   Specifies the circuit type. This characteristic is set when the
   circuit is created (see the create command). The possible types 
   are CSMA-CD, FDDI, HDLC (Tru64 UNIX loop only), DDCMP (OpenVMS VAX 
   only), and LAPB (OpenVMS only). You cannot modify this 
   characteristic.


4  Counters
 
o  creation time

   Time this entity was created.
 

o  dump requests completed

   Number of dump service requests that completed successfully.
 

o  failed dump requests

   Number of dump service requests that could not be completed.

 
o  failed load requests

   Number of load service requests that could not be completed.


o  load requests completed

   Number of load service requests that completed successfully.

 
o  unrecognized dump clients

   Number of dump service requests that could not be processed
   because a required client database entry could not be found.

 
o  unrecognized load clients

   Number of load service requests that could not be processed
   because a required client database entry could not be found.
 

4  Status
 
o  functions

   Which optional MOP functions are currently enabled for this
   circuit.

   configuration monitor           load server
   console requester               loop requester
   dump server                     query requester
   load requester (Tru64 UNIX)     test requester

   To enable mop circuit functions, see the enable mop circuit 
   command.


o  uid

   Entity's unique identifier, which is generated when the entity is
   created.


4  operation

   show [node node-id] mop -
      circuit circuit-name -
          operation operation-name  attribute [,attribute...]
                                    all [attributes]
                                    all identifiers
                                    all status

   Example:

   show mop circuit csmacd-1 operation * all


   Displays mop circuit operation entities which are created 
   automatically by MOP for all operations, including those 
   initiated by NCL commands and those initiated by automatic 
   load and dump service.  These entities are deleted when the 
   corresponding operation is commplete.


5  Identifier
 
o  name

   Simple name of the operation entity that is generated 
   automatically by MOP. The simple name is derived from the 
   operation being performed (load or dump) and a numeric 
   suffix added to ensure uniqueness.
 

5  Status
 
o  address

   For LANs only, specifies the address of the client system.
 

o  client

   Client name of the client entity associated with the operation,
   if such an entity exists.


o  operation

   The operation being performed (boot, dump, load, loop, query, or
   test).
 
4  station

   show [node node-id] mop -
      circuit circuit-name -
           station station-name  attribute [,attribute...]
                                 all [attributes]
                                 all identifiers
                                 all status

   Example:

   show mop circuit csmacd-1 station * all


   Displays mop circuit station entities which are created
   automatically by the Configuration Monitor.  They are 
   deleted when the circuit entity is deleted.

                          NOTE

   The Configuration Monitor function must be enabled on the
   mop circuit to obtain the status information used by the 
   show mop circuit station command.  Refer to the enable
   mop circuit command for more information.

5  Identifier

o  name

   Name of the station entity, generated automatically by the
   Configuration Monitor. The name is identical to the source LAN
   address for the System ID message.
 

5  Status
 
o  command size

   Maximum acceptable console command size. A zero value means it is
   not applicable.
 

o  console user

   LAN address of the system which currently has the console
   reserved; all zeroes if the console is not in use.
 

o  data link

   Data Link protocol used by the remote station.

 
o  device

   Type of communication device used by the remote station.


o  dsdu size

   Maximum allowed size for a MOP message, not including data link
   protocol overhead.


o  functions

   The set of functions supported: loop server, dump requester,
   primary loader, secondary loader, boot, console carrier, and
   counters.


o  hardware address

   Default data link address for the circuit on which the system ID
   was transmitted by the remote station.


o  last report

   Time at which the most recent system ID message was received.


o  mop version

   Highest version of the MOP protocol supported by the remote
   station.


o  node id

   Node ID for the remote station. If not reported, the null ID
   (00-00-00-00-00-00) is displayed.


o  node name

   Node name for the remote station, as a DECdns full name. If not
   reported by the remote station, the null name is used; this is
   displayed as "0:.".


o  reservation timer

   Console reservation timer, in seconds. A zero values means it is
   not applicable.


o  response size

   Maximum acceptable console response size. A zero value means it
   is not applicable.


3  client

   show  [node node-id] mop -
          client client-name  attribute [,attribute...]
                              all [attributes]
                              all characteristics
                              all identifiers

4  Identifiers

o  name

   Simplename assigned to the MOP Client entity when it was created.

4  Characteristics
 
o  addresses

   Default: Empty set     Value: Set of LAN addresses

   Set of LAN addresses for this client on the circuit specified by
   the circuit characteristic.

   For OpenVMS, Phase IV nodes can use an extended DECnet LAN address in
   addition to their hardware address, so you must include both of these
   addresses in the addresses set. To calculate the extended DECnet
   address, express the Phase IV node address as a four-digit hex
   integer, then add the prefix AA-00-04-00.

   For example, if the Phase IV node address is 4.260:

            4.260
    =>      4 * 1024 + 260
    =>      4356 (decimal)
    =>      1104 (hex)
    =>      AA-00-04-00-04-11 
 

o  circuit

   Default: No circuit    Value: Circuit-id

   Name of the MOP circuit that corresponds to the Data Link circuit
   that is to be used for communicating with this client. 
 

o  device types (OpenVMS)

   Default: No device types   Value:  Set of device types

   Specifies one or more device types associated with this client.
   Use device types and omit addresses if you want to set up a
   generic client entity; the entity will be used for any incoming
   load or dump requests that specify a matching communications
   device type.

   To determine the communications device type for a particular
   network server, consult the server documentation, or use the
   Configuration Monitor Function of MOP. 
 

o  diagnostic image

   Default: No file       Value: Sequence of file specifications

   Files to be loaded when the client requests a diagnostic image
   during a downline load operation. File identifications are
   interpreted according to the file system of the local system.
 

o  dump address

   Default: 1             Value: 0 to 232 -1

   Memory address at which to begin an upline dump. 

 
o  dump file

   Default: No file       Value: Sequence of file specifications

   Files to write to when the client is upline dumped. File
   identifications are interpreted according to the file system
   of the local system.


o  management image

   Default: No file       Value: Sequence of file specifications

   Files to be loaded when the client requests a management image
   during a downline load operation. File identifications are
   interpreted according to the file system of the local system.


o  phase iv client address

   Default: 0.0           Value: Phase IV address

   Phase IV node address given to the client system when it is
   downline loaded. This address is passed in a load parameters
   message; whether it is needed depends on the software being
   loaded.

 
o  phase iv client name

   Default: No name       Value: Phase IV name

   Phase IV node name given to the client system when it is downline
   loaded. This name is passed in a load parameters message; whether
   it is needed depends on the software being loaded.


o  phase iv host address

   Default: 0.0           Value: Phase IV address

   Phase IV node address to be passed as the host node address when
   a client is downline loaded. This address is passed in a load
   parameters message; whether it is needed depends on the software
   being loaded.

 
o  phase iv host name

   Default: No name       Value: Phase IV name

   Phase IV node name that is passed as the host name when the
   client is downline loaded. This name is passed in a load
   parameters message; whether it is needed depends on the software
   being loaded.
 

o  script file

   Default: No file       Value: Sequence of file specifications

   Files to be loaded when the client requests a CMIP initialization
   script during a downline load operation. File identifications are
   interpreted according to the file system of the local system.
 

o  secondary loader

   Default: No file       Value: Sequence of file specifications

   Files to be loaded when the client requests a secondary loader
   during a downline load operation. File identifications are
   interpreted according to the file system of the local system.
 

o  system image

   Default: No file       Value: Sequence of file specifications

   Files to be loaded when the client requests an operating system
   image during a downline load operation. File identifications are
   interpreted according to the file system of the local system.


o  tertiary loader

   Default: No file       Value: Sequence of file specifications

   Files to be loaded when the client requests a tertiary loader
   during a downline load operation. File identifications are
   interpreted according to the file system of the local system.
 

o  verification

   Default: %x00-00-00-00-00-00 Hex string

   Verification string to be sent in a boot message to this client.
   The value must have an even number of digits from 2 to 16.


2  ncl 


3  default

   show ncl default

   Shows default access control and entity information which was 
   previously set using the SET NCL DEFAULT ACCESS and SET NCL 
   DEFAULT ENTITY commands.  Refer to HELP NCL DEFAULT_CONTEXT 
   for more detailed information.

   For example, on OpenVMS:

   NCL>SET NCL DEFAULT ENTITY NODE remnod"user1 agoodpassword"
   NCL>SHOW NCL DEFAULT
   NCL Default Access by User user1, Password xxx
   NCL Default Entity Node remnod 


4  access

   show ncl default access

   Shows default access control information which was previously 
   set using the SET NCL DEFAULT ACCESS command.  Refer to 
   HELP NCL DEFAULT_CONTEXT for more information.


4  entity

   show ncl default entity 

   Shows default entity information which was previously set
   using the SET NCL DEFAULT ENTITY command.  Refer to HELP NCL 
   DEFAULT_CONTEXT for more information.

3  logfile

   show ncl logfile 

   This will display the name of the log file which was established
   earlier in the NCL session with the "set ncl logfile" and 
   "enable ncl logging" commands.  

   For example, on OpenVMS:

   NCL>set ncl logfile test
   NCL>enable ncl logging
   NCL>show all
   NCL>disable ncl logging
   NCL>show ncl logfile
   Logfile name is: test
   Logfile is Disabled

   The results will be in the file TEST.NCL.  That file will contain 
   the logged NCL command(s), and the output will be commented out.  
   You may then reissue the command(s) you logged by:

   NCL>do test.ncl

2  node

   Shows all attributes of the specified node.

   show  [node node-id]  attribute [,attribute...]
                         all counters
                         all [attributes]
                         all characteristics
                         all identifiers
                         all status

   Some command examples follow.  The local node (node 0) is implied
   if a node is not provided in the command.  Therefore, this will
   show the name and address of the local node:

      show name, address

   Note that the "show version" command does not give the DECnet
   version, it instead shows the version of the network management 
   architecture.  To view the operating system and DECnet version 
   of the local node, use this command:

      show implementation  

   To show all the node attributes of the remote node "remnod":

      show node remnod all


3  Characteristics

o  implementation

   Particular DECnet implementation of the node. You cannot modify
   this characteristic.
 

o  listener template (Tru64 UNIX)

   Name of the OSI transport template to be passed through the
   CMIP listener to session control. You cannot modify this
   characteristic. 
 

o  maximum listeners (Tru64 UNIX)

   Maximum number of CMIP listeners that the node supports. Zero
   specifies an unlimited number of listeners. You cannot modify
   this characteristic.
 

o  version

   Version number of the network management architecture
   specification to which the implementation conforms. You cannot
   modify this characteristic.
 

3  Counters

o  changes of address

   Number of times the node's address has changed.
 

o  changes of id

   Number of times the node's ID has changed.
 

o  creation time

   Time at which the entity was created. This time reflects the time
   at which the node was first booted.
 

o  idrom check failures

   Number of times an IDROM was checked for consistency and was
   found to be in error.
 

o  renames

   Number of times the node has been renamed (see the rename command.
 

3  Identifiers

o  address

   Set of protocol towers that together form a Session Control
   application address for the node's CMIP listener.
 

o  name

   Full name of the node as it is registered in your name space 
   name is the primary identifier.
 

3  Status

o  functions enabled

   Functions that are currently enabled for the node (see the
   enable command).
 

o  id

   Indicates the unique 48-bit ID of the node.
 

o  state 

   State of the node.

   booting        The node is attempting to downline load. You
                  cannot manage the node in this state. If the
                  boot process is successful, the node enters the
                  off state. (OpenVMS)

   dead           The node is unusable and unmanageable as the
                  result of a power failure or similar event. The
                  node must be rebooted. (OpenVMS)

   off            The node is manageable, but not all of its
                  functions are enabled.

   on             All of the node's functions are enabled and the
                  node is fully manageable. The on
                  state is the normal operating state.
 

o  uid

   Node's unique identifier, which is generated when the node is
   created.


2  nsp

   show  [node node-id] nsp  attribute [,attribute...]
                             all [attributes]
                             all characteristics
                             all status

   Examples:

   show nsp all

   show nsp congestion avoidance, maximum transport connections

3   Characteristics

o   acknowledgment delay time

    Default: 3                               Value for OpenVMS: 0-65
    Default: 3                               Value for Tru64 UNIX: 3

    Maximum amount of time (in seconds) that an acknowledgment is to
    be withheld. You cannot modify this characteristic.


o   congestion avoidance

    Default: True                            Value: True or false

    Enables the use of the automatic congestion avoidance mechanism.
    This mechanism reduces the transport window size in response to an 
    indication from the Network layer.


o   delay factor

    Default: 2                               Value: 2-15

    Factor by which to multiply the current value of the round-trip
    delay estimate status attribute in order to set a value for the
    retransmission timer. 

    Note, the roundtrip delay estimate is an attribute of the nsp
    port entity.


o   delay weight

    Default: 3                               Value: 0-255

    Relative weighting to apply to the current estimate and to a new
    sample when estimating round-trip delay. 


o   dna version

    Default: current version number

    Version number of the DNA NSP architecture specification to
    which the implementation conforms. You cannot modify this
    characteristic.


o   flow control policy

    Default:  Segment flow control      Value:  Segment flow control
                                                no flow control

    Determines NSP flow control policy used. This attribute may not be 
    changed when NSP state is "on."

    Flow control is the mechanism that determines when to send a Data 
    or expedited messages. Flow control is performed separately for normal 
    and expedited data. During transport connection formation, each end of 
    the connection determines the kind of flow control policy it expects 
    when acting as a data receiver. It is not required that both end 
    operate with the same flow control policy.
        

o   keepalive time

    Default for Tru64 UNIX: 30               Value: 1-65535
    Default for OpenVMS: 60                  Value: 1-65535

    Time (in seconds) that NSP waits for data to be transmitted or
    received before testing a transport connection. When this timer
    expires, NSP sends a data request PDU to the remote NSP. This
    PDU does not change the flow control parameters, but does require
    acknowledgment. For Tru64 UNIX, you can modify this characteristic 
    to a lower value only when the entity is disabled.


o   maximum receive buffers (OpenVMS)

    Default: 2000                            Value: 1-65535

    Maximum number of receive buffers that can store received transport 
    PDUs. You may not decrease the value while NSP is enabled.


o   maximum remote nsaps

    Default for Tru64 UNIX: 160              Value: 1-65535
    Default for OpenVMS: 200                 Value: 1-65535

    Maximum number of remote NSAPs that can exist concurrently. Must
    be greater than the current value of maximum transport connections. 
    You can modify this characteristic to a lower value only when the 
    entity is disabled. For Tru64 UNIX, this characteristic can be
    increased when enabled.


o   maximum transport connections

    Default for Tru64 UNIX: 128              Value: 0-1023
    Default for OpenVMS: 200                 Value: 0-65535

    Maximum number of active transport connections allowed at one
    time. Must not be less than the current value of maximum remote 
    NSAPs. You may not decrease the value while NSP is enabled.


o   maximum window

    Default for Tru64 UNIX: 32               Value: 1-65535
    Default for OpenVMS: 8                   Value: 1-2047

    Maximum credit window that can be granted on a transport connection. 
    This is used for control of the number of data segments (PDUs) 
    allowed to be transmitted over a particular transport connection 
    before at least one acknowledgment must be returned from the 
    destination system. If the number of PDUs already transmitted equals 
    the maximum window and no corresponding acknowledgments have been 
    received, transport stops sending PDUs over the transport connection 
    and waits for an acknowledgment message. You cannot modify this 
    characteristic.


o   nsap selector

    Default: 32                              Value: 0-255 

    NSAP selector used by the nsp entity when opening a port to a
    network service. You cannot modify this characteristic.


o   retransmit threshold

    Default for Tru64 UNIX: 12               Value: 1-65535
    Default for OpenVMS: 5                   Value: 1-65535

    Maximum number of times a source nsp entity is to restart an
    expired retransmission timer before the remote node is to be
    considered unreachable. When the threshold is reached, NSP
    sets the confidence variable to false. 



3    Status

o    currently active connections

     Number of active transport connections.


o    state

     Status of the nsp entity.

     off    The nsp entity is disabled.

     on     The nsp entity is enabled.


o    uid

     Entity's unique identifier, which is generated when the entity is
     created.


3   local_nsap
 
    show  [node node-id] nsp -
          local nsap nsap-address  attribute [,attribute...]
                                   all [attributes]
                                   all counters
                                   all identifiers
                                   all status
    Examples:

    show nsp local nsap * name, nsap address

    show nsp local nsap 490022AA000400818920 all

4   Counters

o   creation time

    Time this entity was created.


o   deleted remote nsaps

    Number of times a remote NSAP has been deleted in order to reclaim
    resources.

4   Identifier

o   name

    Simplename assigned to the local NSAP when it was automatically
    created.

4   Status

o   nsap address

    Address assigned to the local NSAP when it was created.


o   uid
 
    Entity's unique identifier, which is generated when the entity is
    created.


4  remote_nsap
 
   show  [node node-id] nsp -
        local nsap nsap-address -
        remote nsap nsap-address  attribute [,attribute...]
                                  all [attributes]
                                  all counters
                                  all identifiers
                                  all status

   Examples:

   show nsp local nsap 490022AA000400818920 -
            remote nsap * name, nsap address

   show nsp local nsap 490022AA000400818920 -
            remote nsap 490021AA0004009F8420 all
 

5  Counters

o  connects received

   Total number of CR transport PDUs, regardless of their
   disposition, that the local NSAP has received from the 
   remote NSAP.


o  connects sent

   Total number of CR transport PDUs sent by the local NSAP 
   to the remote NSAP, including retransmissions.


o  creation time

   Time this entity was created.


o  duplicate pdus received

   Total number of all types of detected duplicate transport 
   PDUs received from the remote NSAP.


o  pdus received

   Total number of all types of transport PDUs received from the
   remote NSAP (excluding detected duplicates).


o  pdus sent

   Total number of all types of transport PDUs sent to the remote
   NSAP (excluding retransmissions).


o  rejects received

   Number of detected reject received events.


o  rejects sent

   Number of detected reject sent events.


o  remote protocol errors

   Number of detected remote protocol error events.


o  retransmitted pdus

   Total number of all types of retransmitted transport PDUs 
   sent to the remote NSAP.


o  total octets received

   Total number of octets of all types of transport PDUs received
   from the remote NSAP, regardless of their disposition. This count
   includes detected duplicates.


o  total octets sent

   Total number of octets of all types of transport PDUs sent to the
   remote NSAP, including retransmissions.


o  user octets received

   Total number of user data octets received from the remote NSAP,
   including normal, expedited, connect, accept, and disconnect data.
   This count does not include duplicates such as data retransmitted
   by the remote NSAP.


o  user octets sent

   Total number of octets of all types of transport PDUs the total
   number of user data octets sent to the remote NSAP, including
   normal, expedited, connect, accept, and disconnect data. This
   count does not include data retransmitted by the local NSAP.


o  user pdus discarded

   Number of PDUs received from the remote NSAP that were
   discarded because of insufficient buffer space.


o  user pdus received

   Total number of transport PDUs containing user data received from
   the remote NSAP, including normal, expedited, connect, accept, and
   disconnect data. This count does not include duplicates such as
   transport PDUs retransmitted by the remote NSAP.


o  user pdus sent

   Total number of transport PDUs containing user data sent to
   the remote NSAP, including normal, expedited, connect, accept,
   and disconnect data. This count does not include retransmitted
   transport PDUs.


5  Identifier

o  name

   Simple name assigned to the remote NSAP when it was 
   automatically created.


5  Status

o  nsap address

   Address assigned to the remote NSAP when it was created.


o  uid

   Entity's unique identifier, which is generated when the entity is
   created.


3  port

   show [node node-id] nsp -
              port port-name  attribute [,attribute...]
                              all [attributes]
                              all counters
                              all identifiers
                              all status

   Examples:

   show nsp port * name

   show nsp port NSP$PORT_0000202A client name, remote nsap

   show nsp port NSP$PORT_0000202A all 

   show nsp port * with remote nsap = 49::00-37:AA-00-04-00-63-DE:20


4  Counters

o  creation time

   Time the port was assigned.


o  duplicate pdus received

   Total number of all types of detected duplicate transport PDUs
   received from the remote service provider.


o  pdus received

   Total number of all types of transport PDUs received from the
   remote service provider (excluding retransmissions).


o  pdus sent

   Total number of all types of transport PDUs sent to the remote
   NSAP (excluding retransmissions).


o  retransmitted pdus

   Total number of all types of retransmitted transport PDUs sent to
   the remote NSAP.


o  total octets received

   Total number of octets of all types of transport PDUs received
   from the remote NSAP, regardless of their disposition. This count
   includes detected duplicates.


o  total octets sent

   Total number of octets of all types of transport PDUs sent to the
   remote NSAP, including retransmissions.


o  user octets received

   Total number of user data octets received from the remote NSAP,
   including normal, expedited, connect, accept, and disconnect data.
   This count does not include duplicates such as data retransmitted
   by the remote NSAP.


o  user octets sent

   Total number of user data octets sent to the remote NSAP,
   including normal, expedited, connect, accept, and disconnect data.
   This count does not include data retransmitted by the local NSAP.


o  user pdus received

   Total number of transport PDUs containing user data received from
   the remote NSAP, including normal, expedited, connect, accept, and
   disconnect data. This count does not include duplicates such as
   transport PDUs retransmitted by the remote NSAP.


o  user pdus sent

   Total number of transport PDUs containing user data sent to
   the remote NSAP, including normal, expedited, connect, accept,
   and disconnect data. This count does not include retransmitted
   transport PDUs.


4  Identifier

   name

   Simple name assigned to the port when it was created.


4  Status

o  client name

   Default: None 		Value: Local-entity-name

   Name designated by the port user when the port was opened.


o  local nsap

   Default: None		Value: NSAP address

   Local NSAP address being used for the transport connection.


o  local reference

   Default: None		Value: 0-65535

   Unique reference number assigned to the transport connection by
   the local transport service provider.


o  network port

   Default: None		Value: Local-entity-name

   Name of the network port being used.


o  remote nsap

   Default: None		Value: NSAP address

   Remote NSAP address being used for the transport connection.


o  remote reference

   Default: None		Value: 0-65535

   Reference number assigned to the transport connection by the
   remote NSAP. 


o  roundtrip delay estimate

   Default: None		Value: 0-65535

   Amount of time, in milliseconds, of the roundtrip delay on the
   transport connection.


o  uid

   Default: None                Value: uid

   Entity's unique identifier, generated when the entity is created.



2  osak

   show  [node node-id] osak  attribute [,attribute...]
                              all [attributes]
                              all characteristics
                              all counters
                              all status

   Examples:

   show osak state, protocol versions

   show osak all

3  Characteristics

o  disconnect timer (OpenVMS)

   Default: 30 seconds    Value: Time in seconds

   Length of time that the OSAK software waits when it expects the
   remote peer to disconnect a transport connection. If the timer
   expires and the remote peer has not disconnected the connection,
   the OSAK software disconnects the connection. You can modify this
   attribute using the set command. 
 

o  protocol versions

   Default: {ACSE = {1},  Value: Set of protocol versions
   presentation = {1},
   session = {1,2} }

   Specifies the ACSE, presentation and session protocol versions
   being used by the osak entity.
 
   The full range of possible sets of values is:

      {ACSE = {1}, presentation = {1}, session = {1,2} }
      {ACSE = {1}, presentation = {1}, session = {1} }
      {ACSE = {1}, presentation = {1}, session = {2} }

   You cannot modify this attribute.
 

3  Counters
 

o  aborts received

   Number of aborts received by this osak entity
   since its creation.
 

o  aborts sent

   Number of aborts sent by this osak entity since
   its creation.
 

o  connects accepted

   Number of connection requests accepted by this 
   osak entity since its creation.
 

o  connects initiated

   Number of connection requests initiated by this 
   osak entity since its creation.
 

o  connects rejected

   Number of connection requests rejected by this 
   osak entity since its creation.
 

o  creation time

   Time at which the osak entity was created, in
   binary absolute time format.
 

o  releases received

   Number of release requests received by this 
   osak entity since its creation.
 

o  releases sent

   Number of release requests sent by this osak
   entity since its creation.
 

o  unknown ae-titles

   Number of connection requests received that contain an unknown
   application entity title. This counter is incremented each time
   an unknown ae-title event occurs.
 

o  unknown invocations

   Number of connection requests received that contain an unknown
   invocation identifier. This counter is incremented each time an
   unknown invocations event occurs.
 

o  unknown paddresses

   Number of connection requests received that contain an unknown
   presentation address. This counter is incremented each time an
   unknown paddress event occurs.
 

3  Status
 

o  state

   State of the osak entity. The value is one of the following:

   noinbound      osak entity cannot receive inbound association 
                  requests

   notavailable   osak entity is not available

   operational    osak entity is enabled and operational

   shutting       osak entity is shutting down
 

o  uid

   Entity's unique identifier, which is generated when the entity is
   created.
 

3  application

   show  [node node-id] osak -
     application "presentation address"  attribute [,attribute...]
                                         all [attributes]
                                         all characteristics
                                         all counters
                                         all identifiers
                                         all status

   Example:

   show osak application * 

   show osak application "'0001'H/'0001'H/'0004'H/NS+21,CLNS" all

   show osak application * paddress, ae titles, template


4  Characteristics
 

o  ae titles

   Default: None          Value: See description

   The application entity titles that map to this application's
   presentation address.
 

o  startup policy

   Default: Existing      Value: New or existing

   Defines the startup policy for invocations of this application.
   For Tru64 UNIX, the value is always existing. This indicates
   that a listener process must exist for an inbound connection
   to be processed. No new process is started up when an inbound
   connection arrives.

   For OpenVMS, the value is one of the following:

   new        Indicates that, when no process is available to handle
              an inbound connection, a new process is started up.

   existing   Indicates that one process handles all inbound
              connections. No new process is started up if the
              existing process is busy when an inbound connection
              arrives.

   For OpenVMS, you can modify this attribute using the 
   set command.
 

o  template

   Default: Default OSI   Value: See description
   transport template

   The transport template used for inbound association requests.
   For OpenVMS, you can modify this attribute using the 
   set command.
 

4  Counters
 

o  creation time

   The time at which the application is created.
 

o  invalid mode failure

   The number of times that an inbound connection request is
   rejected because of a mismatch of modes. This counter is
   incremented each time an invalid mode event occurs.

   The possible modes are normal and X.410-1984. An application is 
   running in normal mode if it uses the upper layers of the OSI
   stack. An application is running in X.410-1984 mode if it does not 
   use the upper layers of the OSI stack.
 

o  resource failures

   The number of times that an inbound connection request was
   rejected due to insufficient system resources.
 

o  total invocations

   The number of times this application has been invoked.
 

4  Identifier
 

o  paddress

   The presentation address of this OSAK application.
 

4  Status
 

o  active invocations

   The number of existing invocations of this application.
 

o  uid

   Entity's unique identifier, which is generated when the entity is
   created.
 

4  invocation

   show  [node node-id] osak -
     application "presentation address" -
       invocation invocation-identifier attribute [,attribute...]
                                          all [attributes]
                                          all char (OpenVMS)
                                          all counters
                                          all identifiers
                                          all status

   Examples:

   show osak application "'0001'H/'0001'H/'0004'H/NS+21,CLNS" -
        invocation * all

5  Characteristic_(OpenVMS)
 

o  startup information

   Invocation startup information that is system-specific. This
   information is needed only for passive applications.

   Refer to the following table for specific startup information:

   Mandatory
   Item       Value     Description
   ---------------------------------------------------------------
   user       name      The username of the process that will
                        respond to connect requests received by
                        this application.

   file       pathname  The name of the file to run to start up the
                        named application. The file is a command
                        file or an executable image that is run
                        each time a passive process starts. Compaq
                        recommends that you use a command file for
                        this purpose.

   Optional
   Item       Value     Description
   ---------------------------------------------------------------
   account    name      The account that is to start the process.

   max resp   integer   The highest permissible number of
                        responders, for an application with the
                        new setting for startup policy.

   password   password  The user's password.

   sversion   {1},      The session version.
              {2}, or
              {1,2}

   You can modify the startup information attribute using the
   set command. You can specify the items in any
   order. Note that when you modify this attribute, any item for
   which you do not specify a value is set to its default, not to
   its previous value. For example, you could set up non-default
   values for all four items in this attribute using the following
   NCL command:

   set [node node-id] osak application "presentation address" -
     invocation invocation-identifier -
     startup policy "password=password, username=username, -
     file=file name, sversion=sversion"

   If you then decide to change the value of the password, but to
   keep the non-default values of the other items, you should use
   the following command:

   set [node node-id] osak application "presentation address" -
     invocation invocation-identifier -
     startup policy "password=new password, username=username -
     file=file name, sversion=sversion"
 

5  Counters
 

o  creation time

   Time at which this invocation was registered with OSAK.
 

o  total associations

   Number of associations set up to this invocation.
 

5  Identifier
 

o  ids

   The identifier of the invocation. For OpenVMS, you cannot modify
   this attribute.
 

5  Status
 

o  port list

   A list of the OSAK ports referenced by this application 
   invocation entity.
 

o  state

   The state of the application invocation entity.  For Tru64 UNIX, 
   the value is always active.

   For OpenVMS, the value is one of the following:

   active     An active application invocation is using an active
              process.

   passive    A passive application invocation is waiting for 
              inbound connection requests on its presentation 
              address.
 

o  uid

   Entity's unique identifier, which is generated when the 
   entity is created.
 

3  port

   show  [node node-id] osak -
                 port port-id  attribute [,attribute...]
                               all [attributes]
                               all characteristics
                               all counters
                               all identifiers
                               all status

   Examples:

   show osak port *

   show osak port 'A6000000A8701900'H all

4  Characteristic
 

o  template

   Default: Default OSI   Value: See description
   transport template

   The name of the transport template used when establishing an
   association.
 

4  Counter
 

o  creation time

   Time at which the association was set up, in binary absolute 
   time format.
 

4  Identifier
 

o  name

   Simple name assigned to the port when it is created.
 

4  Status
 

o  application context

   Name of the application context for this association.
 

o  connection state

   Specifies the state of an association. This status attribute can
   have one of the following values:

   awaiting associate     A port entity is in this
   confirm                state when waiting for confirmation of an
                          association from a remote peer entity.
   
   awaiting associate     A port entity is in this
   response               state when waiting for a response from
                          the user application to an association
                          request.

   awaiting inbound       A port entity is in
   connection             this state when waiting for an association
                          indication from a remote peer entity.

   awaiting redirection   A port entity is in this
                          state when an application has opened a
                          new port to which the association is to be
                          redirected.

   connected              A port entity is in this
                          state when an association is set up and
                          data exchange is taking place.

   not connected          A port entity is in this
                          state either after the port is opened but
                          before an association request is received
                          from a remote peer entity, or after an
                          association is closed down but before the
                          port is closed.

   disconnected           A port entity is in this state when the 
                          local application has sent a request to 
                          release the association, but the remote 
                          peer entity has not sent a response.

   redirected             A port entity is in this state after an 
                          association has been redirected to another 
                          process.
 
o  direction

   Specifies whether an association is inbound (the port was
   opened by a responder) or outbound (the port was opened by an
   initiator).
 

o  invocation

   UID of the invocation that opened this port.
 

o  local ae title

   Local application entity title.
 

o  local ae invocation id

   Local application entity invocation identifier.
 

o  local ap invocation id

   Local application process invocation identifier.
 

o  local paddress

   Local presentation address.
 

o  owner id

   Process id of the OSAK application.
 

o  remote ae title

   Remote application entity title.
 

o  remote ae invocation id

   Remote application entity invocation identifier.
 

o  remote ap invocation id

   Remote application process invocation identifier.
 

o  remote paddress

   Remote presentation address.
 

o  uid

   Entity's unique identifier, which is generated when the 
   entity is created.



2  osi_transport

   show [node node-id] osi transport  attribute [,attribute...]
                                      all [attributes]
                                      all characteristics
                                      all status
 
   Examples:

   show osi transport all

   show osi delay weight, delay factor


3  Characteristics
 

o  clns classes supported

   Default: Class {4}     Value: Bit-set

   Set of protocol classes supported on the Connectionless Networt
   Service (CLNS). You cannot modify this characteristic. 
 

o  cltp nsap selector (Tru64 UNIX)

   Default: 0             Value: 0-255 (except 32)

   The NSAP selector to use for CLTS when running over CLNS. If the
   value is 0 or 1, a single NSAP is shared between the Connection-
   Oriented Transport Service (COTS), and the connectionless
   transport protocol according to the osi transport attribute nsap
   selector. If both nsap selectors are 0 or 1, then COTS and CLTS
   over CLNS are disabled.

   This attribute cannot be set either to 32, which is the value
   of the NSP NSAP selector, or to the current setting of the osi
   transport attribute, nsap selector, if the attribute has a value
   other than 0 or 1.

   This attribute cannot be modified when transport is enabled. 
 

o  congestion avoidance

   Default: True          Value: True or false

   Enables the use of the automatic congestion avoidance mechanism
   to reduce the transport window size in response to an indication
   from the Network layer when operating on the Connectionless
   Network Service (CLNS).
 

o  cons classes supported

   Default: Classes {0, 2, 4}   Value: set of classes

   Set of protocol classes supported on the Connection-Oriented
   Network Service (CONS). You cannot modify this characteristic.
   See X.25/CONS Configuration for more information.
 

o  cons filters

   Default: { }           Value: Set of simple names

   The names of X.25 Access module filters used to determine which
   inbound network connection requests should be directed to the
   transport entity. 

   On OpenVMS Modification of this attribute while OSI transport is 
   enabled is permitted only with the add command.  The set and
   remove commands can only be used to modify this attribute when the
   OSI transport is disabled.

   For each cons filter, there must be a corresponding x25 access
   template with the same name. One or more of these filters must be
   specified in order to run COTS over CONS. The X.25 access filter
   osi transport is typically used. See X.25/CONS Configuration for
   more information.
 

o  cons nsap addresses

   Default: { }           Value: Set of NSAP addresses

   The set of valid NSAP addresses for use with CONS. One or more
   NSAPs must be specified to run COTS over CONS. See the DECnet-Plus
   for Tru64 UNIX Programming manual for more information.
 

o  delay factor

   Default: 4             Value: 2-15

   Factor by which to multiply the current value of the round-trip
   delay estimate status attribute in order to set a value for the
   retransmission timer. This attribute works with protocol class 4
   only.
 

o  delay weight

   Default: 5             Value: 0-255

   Relative weighting to apply to the current estimate and to a new
   sample when estimating round-trip delay. This attribute works
   with protocol class 4 only.
 

o  disconnect holdback

   Default: 0             Value for Tru64 UNIX: 0-(2 raised to the
                                                   power of 31 -1)
   Default: 0             Value for OpenVMS: 0-4294967295

   When operating over the Connection-Oriented Network Service
   (CONS), the length of the time to maintain a network connection
   for possible reuse after all transport connections multiplexed
   upon it have been disconnected. Specified in seconds. This
   characteristic may not be changed while the transport entity
   is enabled. See X.25/CONS Configuration for more information.
 

o  dna version

   Default:               Value: V1.0.0

   Version number of the DNA OSI Transport architecture
   specification to which the implementation conforms. You cannot
   modify this characteristic.
 

o  iso version

   Default:               Value: 1

   Version number of ISO 8073 to which the implementation
   conforms. You cannot modify this characteristic. 
 

o  maximum cltp ports (Tru64 UNIX)

   Default: 128           Value: 0-4294967295

   Maximum number of CLTS ports at one time. This characteristic can
   only be increased while transport is enabled. You can modify this
   characteristic to a lower value only when the entity is disabled.
 

o  maximum listeners (Tru64 UNIX)

   Default: 32            Value: 1-65535

   Maximum number of listeners at one time. This characteristic can
   only be increased while transport is enabled. You can modify this
   characteristic to a lower value only when the entity is disabled.
 

o  maximum multiplexing

   Default for Tru64 UNIX: 1023         Value: 1-1023
                            
   Default for OpenVMS: 4294967295      Value: 1-4294967295

   When operating over the Connection-Oriented Network Service
   (CONS), the maximum number of transport connections that can be
   multiplexed on any single network connection. This characteristic
   can be increased only when the transport entity is enabled.
   You can modify this characteristic to a lower value only when
   the entity is disabled. See X.25/CONS Configuration for more
   information.
 

o  maximum network connections

   Default for Tru64 UNIX: 1023         Value: 0-1023
                             
   Default for OpenVMS: 4294967295      Value: 0-4294967295


   When operating over the Connection-Oriented Network Service
   (CONS), the maximum number of network connections which can be
   in use concurrently by DNA OSI Transport. This characteristic
   can be incresed only when the transport entity is enabled.
   See X.25/CONS Configuration for more information. 
 

o  maximum receive buffers (OpenVMS)

   Default: 2000            Value: 1-4294967295

   Maximum number of receive buffers that can store received
   DT transport PDUs. You can modify this characteristic only
   when the entity is disabled. Also, you can only increase the
   characteristic value. 
 

o  maximum remote nsaps

   Default for Tru64 UNIX: 160                Value: 1-65536
                       
   Default for OpenVMS: 201                   Value: 0-4294967295
   

   Maximum number of remote NSAPs that can exist concurrently. This
   value must be greater than the current value of maximum transport
   connections. You can modify this characteristic to a lower value
   only when the entity is disabled. This characteristic can be
   increased when enabled.
 

o  maximum transport connections

   Default for Tru64 UNIX: 128     Value: 0-1023
                            
   Default for OpenVMS: 200        Value: 0-4294967295

   Maximum number of active transport connections allowed at one
   time. Must be less than the current value of maximum remote
   nsaps. You can modify this characteristic to a lower value only
   when the entity is disabled.
 

o  maximum window

   Default for Tru64 UNIX: 20              Value: 1-65535

   Default for OpenVMS: 8                  Value: 1-65535

   Maximum credit window that can be granted on a transport
   connection. This is used for control of the number of data
   segments (PDUs) allowed to be transmitted over a particular
   transport connection before at least one acknowledgment must
   be returned from the destination system. If the number of
   PDUs already transmitted equals the maximum window and no
   corresponding acknowledgments have been received, transport
   stops sending PDUs over the transport connection and waits for
   an acknowledgment message. You can modify this characteristic to
   a lower value only when the entity is disabled.
 

o  nsap selector

   Default: 33            Value: 0-255 (except 32)

   The NSAP selector to use for the Connection-Oriented Transport
   Service (COTS) when running over CLNS. If 0 or 1, COTS over CLNS
   is not enabled. This attribute cannot be set to 32, which is the
   value of the NSP NSAP selector. Or, on Tru64 UNIX, to the current
   setting of the osi transport attribute cltp nsap selector if it
   is other than 0 or 1.

   This attribute cannot be modified when transport is enabled.
 

o  RFC1006 listener ports (OpenVMS)

   Default: { 102, 399 }      Value: Set of TCP/IP port numbers

   The names of the TCP listener ports used to receive inbound
   RFC1006 connection requests. This is applicable for both RFC1006 
   and RFC1006 Extension connections. 

   Modification of this attribute while OSI transport is enabled is 
   permitted only with the add command.  The set and remove commands 
   can only be used to modify this attribute when the OSI transport 
   is disabled.


o  support map

   Default: None               Value: False

   Specifies whether the implementation supports the MAP
   (manufacturing automation protocol) entity. You cannot modify
   this characteristic.
 

3  Status
 

o  currently active cltp ports (Tru64 UNIX)

   Number of active CLTS ports. 
 

o  currently active connections 

   Number of active transport connections.
 

o  currently active listeners (Tru64 UNIX)

   Number of active listeners. The session control listener (local
   transport selector 'DEC0'H) can exist even when osi transport is
   disabled. All other listeners are deactivated when transport is
   disabled. 
 

o  state

   Status of the osi transport entity.

   off   The osi transport entity is disabled.

   on    The osi transport entity is enabled.
 

o  uid

   Entity's unique identifier, which is generated when the entity is
   created.

3  application_(OpenVMS)

   show [node node-id] osi transport -
         application application-name  attribute [,attribute]
                                       all [attributes]
                                       all characteristics
                                       all counters
                                       all identifiers
 

   Examples:

   show osi transport application * all

   show osi transport application %x0003 called tsels, user name

   show osi transport application osit$ivp all


4  Characteristics

o  called tsels

   Default: No tsap       Value: Hex-string

   A TSEL is a string of hex digits, the length of that string 
   should be an even number between 2 and 64, inclusive. This 
   attribute cannot have more than one member.

   Transport Service Access Point (TSAP) for which the image
   specified by the image name characteristic accepts connections.
   This characteristic, which is similar to the addresses
   characteristic, is used by applications that do not use the DNA
   session control protocol (for example, VOTS applications).
 

o  file name

   Default: No file name  Value: Filename

   File name of the program to be invoked upon receipt of a connect
   request containing a TSEL matching the "Called TSELS" attribute
   of the application entity.
 

o  user name

   Default: No user name  Value: Username

   User name portion of the access control information that
   identifies the account under which the application is to run. If
   invalid information or no user name is specified, system defaults
   are used to select the user.
 

4  Counter
 

o  creation time

   Time at which the entity was created.
 

4  Identifier
 

o  name

   Simple name assigned to the application when it is created.


3  local_nsap

   show [node node-id] osi transport -
             local nsap nsap-address  attribute [,attribute...]
                                      all [attributes]
                                      all counters
                                      all identifiers
                                      all status
 
   Examples:

   show osi transport local nsap * all

   show osi transport local nsap 490004aa000400941321 all

4  Counters
 

o  creation time

   Time this entity was created.
 

o  deleted remote nsaps

   Number of times a remote NSAP has been deleted in order to
   reclaim the resources.
 

4  Identifier
 

o  name

   Simple name assigned to the local NSAP when it was 
   automatically created.
 

4  Status
 
o  DTE address

   Default: Entity DTE address           Value: DTE address

   Address assigned to the DTE when it is created.


o  IP address

   Default: Entity IP address            Value: IP address

   Address assigned to the IP when it is created.


o  network service

   Default: CLNS           Value: Any, CLNS, CONS, or RFC1006
                                                      (OpenVMS)

   Type of network service being used.
 

o  nsap address

   Default: Entity NSAP address    Value: NSAP address

   NSAP address corresponding to entity.
 

o  uid

   Entity's unique identifier, generated when the entity is created.


4  remote_nsap

   show  [node node-id] osi transport -
              local nsap nsap-address -
               remote nsap nsap-address  attribute [,attribute...]   
                                         all [attributes]
                                         all counters
                                         all identifiers
                                         all status

   Examples:

   show osi transport local nsap 490004aa000400941321 -
           remote nsap * all
 
   show osi transport local nsap 490004aa000400941321 -
           remote nsap 490004aa000400554421 all

5  Counters


o  connectionless bytes received (Tru64 UNIX)

   Number of bytes received in UD TPDUs from this remote service
   provider. 
 

o  connectionless bytes sent (Tru64 UNIX)

   Number of bytes sent in UD TPDUs to this remote service provider.
   

o  connects received

   Total number of CR TPDUs, regardless of their disposition, that
   the local NSAP has received from the remote NSAP.
 

o  connects sent

   Total number of CR TPDUs sent by the local NSAP to the remote
   NSAP, including retransmissions.
 

o  creation time

   Time this entity was created.
 

o  duplicate pdus received

   Total number of all types of detected duplicate TPDUs received
   from the remote NSAP.
 

o  failed checksums

   Number of checksum failure events detected.
 

o  local protocol errors

   Number of reported local protocol error events. This event is
   generated whenever an ER (error) TPDU is received from the remote
   NSAP.
 

o  pdus received

   Total number of all types of TPDUs received from the remote NSAP
   (excluding detected duplicates).
 

o  pdus sent

   Total number of all types of TPDUs sent to the remote NSAP
   (excluding retransmissions).
 

o  rejects received

   Number of detected reject received events.
 

o  rejects sent

   Number of detected reject sent events.
 

o  remote protocol errors

   Number of reported invalid tpdu received events. This event
   is generated whenever the remote NSAP violates the Transport
   Protocol.
 

o  retransmitted pdus

   Total number of all types of retransmitted TPDUs sent to the
   remote NSAP.
 

o  total octets received

   Total number of octets of all types of TPDUs received from the
   remote NSAP, regardless of their disposition. This count includes
   detected duplicates.
 

o  total octets sent

   Total number of octets of all types of TPDUs sent to
   the remote NSAP, including retransmissions. 
 

o  ud pdus received (Tru64 UNIX)

   Number of UD TPDUs received from this remote service provider. 
 

o  ud pdus sent (Tru64 UNIX)

   Number of UD TPDUs sent to this remote service provider. 
 

o  user octets received

   Total number of user data octets received from the remote NSAP,
   including normal, expedited, connect, accept, and disconnect
   data. This count does not include duplicates such as data
   retransmitted by the remote NSAP.
 

o  user octets sent

   Total number of user data octets sent to the remote NSAP,
   including normal, expedited, connect, accept, and disconnect
   data. This count does not include data retransmitted by the local
   NSAP.
 

o  user pdus discarded

   Number of PDUs received from the remote NSAP that were discarded
   because of insufficient buffer space.
 

o  user pdus received

   Total number of TPDUs containing user data received from the
   remote NSAP, including normal, expedited, connect, accept, and
   disconnect data. This count does not include duplicates such as
   TPDUs retransmitted by the remote NSAP.
 

o  user pdus sent

   Total number of TPDUs containing user data sent to the remote
   NSAP, including normal, expedited, connect, accept, and
   disconnect data. This count does not include retransmitted TPDUs.
 

5  Identifier
 

o  name

   Simple name assigned to the remote NSAP when it was 
   automatically created.
 

5  Status
 
o  DTE address

   Address assigned to the DTE when it is created.   


o  IP address

   Address assigned to the IP when it is created.


o  nsap address

   Address assigned to the local NSAP when it is created.
 

o  uid

   Entity's unique identifier, generated when the entity is created.
 

3  port

   show  [node node-id] osi transport -
                         port port-name  attribute [,attribute...]
                                         all [attributes]
                                         all counters
                                         all identifiers
                                         all status

   Examples:

   show osi transport port * remote nsap, client

   show osi transport port OSI$PORT_0_004E all

4  Counters
 

o  creation time

   Time the port was assigned to a transport connection.
 

o  duplicate pdus received

   Total number of all types of detected duplicate TPDUs received
   from the remote NSAP. This attribute applies only to COTS.
 

o  failed checksum

   Number of checksum failure events detected.
 

o  pdus received

   Total number of all types of TPDUs received from the remote NSAP
   (excluding detected duplicates).
 

o  pdus sent

   Total number of all types of TPDUs sent to the remote NSAP
   (excluding retransmissions).
 

o  retransmitted pdus

   Total number of all types of retransmitted TPDUs sent to the
   remote NSAP. For Tru64 UNIX, this attribute applies to CLTS only.
 

o  total octets received

   Total number of octets of all types of TPDUs received from the
   remote NSAP, regardless of their disposition. This count includes
   detected duplicates.
 

o  total octets sent

   Total number of octets of all types of TPDUs sent to the remote
   NSAP, including retransmissions.
 

o  user octets received

   Total number of user data octets received from the remote NSAP,
   including normal, expedited, connect, accept, and disconnect
   data. This count does not include duplicates such as data
   retransmitted by the remote NSAP.
 

o  user octets sent

   Total number of user data octets sent to the remote NSAP,
   including normal, expedited, connect, accept, and disconnect
   data. This count does not include data retransmitted by the local
   NSAP.
 

o  user pdus received

   Total number of PDUs containing user data received from the
   remote NSAP, including normal, expedited, connect, accept, and
   disconnect data. This count does not include duplicates such as
   TPDUs retransmitted by the remote NSAP.
 

o  user pdus sent

   Total number of TPDUs containing user data sent to the remote
   NSAP, including normal, expedited, connect, accept, and
   disconnect data. This count does not include retransmitted TPDUs.
 

4  Identifier
 

o  name

   Simple name assigned to the port when it is created.
 

4  Status
 

o  acknowledgment delay time

   Default: None          Value: 0-65

   Maximum amount of time (in seconds) that an AK TPDU is to be
   withheld. This attribute applies to protocol class 4 only.
 

o  checksums

   Default: None          Value: True or false

   Indicates whether checksums are in use on the transport
   connection. This attribute is supported only for class 4
   protocol.
 

o  client

   Default: None          Value: Local entity name

   Name designated by the port user when the port was opened. If DNA
   session control is being used, this is the name of the session
   control port being used. 
 

o  clns inactive area address  (OpenVMS)

   Default: none          Value: Set of Area Address

   Specifies the inactive area address used by the transport
   template associated with this port.  The maximum number of
   members this set can contain is one.
 

o  cons template

   Default: None          Value: Simple name

   When operating over the CONS, the name of the X.25 Access
   module's template specified when establishing the underlying
   network connection.
 

o  cr timeout

   Default: None          Value for Tru64 UNIX: 1-(2 raised to the
                                                 power of 31 -1)

   Default: 30            Value for OpenVMS: 1-4294967295

   Amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a response to a CR TPDU
   before assuming that the remote transport service provider will
   not respond. This attribute is valid for protocol classes 0 and 2
   only.
 

o  direction

   Indicates whether the port is open to initiate an outgoing
   connection, to receive an incoming connection, or is listening
   for incoming connection requests.

   unknown    Port direction is not known.

   incoming   Transport connection initiated by remote transport
              service.

   outgoing   Transport connection initiated by this transport
              service.

   listening  Listening for incoming connection requests.
 

o  er timeout

   Default: None          Value for Tru64 UNIX: 1-(2 raised to the
                                                 power of 31 -1)

   Default: None          Value for OpenVMS: 1-4294967295

   Amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a response to an ER TPDU
   before disconnecting the network connection. This attribute is
   valid for protocol classes 0 and 2 only.
 

o  expedited data

   Default: None          Value: True or false

   Indicates whether the expedited data option is in use for the
   transport connection. This attribute is supported only for class
   2 and class 4 protocols.
 

o  extended format

   Default: None          Value: True or false

   Indicates whether the use of extended formats should be 
   negotiated for a transport connection which operates the 
   class 2 or 4 protocol.


o  incoming network priority (OpenVMS)

   Default:  None        Value:  0-255

   When operating over CLNS, indicates network priority encoded in 
   NPDU header for all received packets.


o  inactivity time

   Default: None          Value: 4-65532

   Time (in seconds) being used for the inactivity timer. This
   value is the product of multiplying the keepalive time by the
   inactivity factor (architectural constant = 4). This attribute is
   valid for protocol class 4 only.
 

o  initial retransmit time

   Default: None          Value for Tru64 UNIX: 1-(2 raised to the
                                                 power of 31 -1)

   Default: None          Value for OpenVMS: 1-4294967295

   Time (in seconds) used for the retransmission timer when sending
   the first TPDU on the transport connection. The value of this
   attribute is derived from the template used when the port was
   initialized. This attribute applies to COTS only.
 

o  keepalive time

   Default: None          Value: 1-16383

   Time (in seconds) being used for the window timer. The value of
   this attribute is derived from the template used when the port
   was initialized. This attribute is valid for protocol class 4
   only.
 

o  local DTE address

   Default: None         Value: DTE address

   Local DTE address being used for the transport connection. This
   attribute applies if network service is CONS.
   

o  local nsap

   Default: None          Value: NSAP address

   Local NSAP address being used for the transport connection.
   This attribute applies if network service is CLNS or CONS.
        

o  local RFC1006 IP address (OpenVMS)

   Default: None          Value: IP address

   Local IP address being used for the transport connection. This
   attribute applies if network service is RFC1006.


o  local RFC1006 port number (OpenVMS)

   Default: None	  Value: TCP port number

   Local RFC1006 port number being used for the transport connection.
   This attribute applies if network service is RFC1006.
   

o  local reference

   Default: None          Value: 1-65535

   Unique reference number assigned to the transport connection by
   the local transport service provider. This attribute applies to
   COTS only.
 

o  local transport selector

   Default: None          Value: Hex-string

   Local transport selector for this port.
 

o  maximum nsdu size

   Default: None          Value for Tru64 UNIX: 128-4294967295

   Default: None          Value for OpenVMS: 2048

   When operating over the CONS, the maximum NSDU size for
   transmitting and receiving buffers. Expressed as a number
   of octets. This attribute is valid for CONS only. 
 

o  negotiable classes (Tru64 UNIX)

   Default: None          Value: Bit-set

   Protocol classes which may be sent in response to an incoming
   connect request. This attribute is valid if direction = listening
   and applies to COTS only. 
 

o  negotiated tpdu size

   Default: None          Value: 128-4294967295

   The TPDU size which was negotiated for this transport connection.
   This attribute applies to COTS only.
 

o  network port

   Default: None          Value: Local entity name

   Name of the network service port being used.
 

o  network service

   Default: None          Value: CLNS, CONS, or RFC1006
                                                (OpenVMS)

   Type of network service over which the transport connection is
   operating. Attribute value derived from the template used when
   the port was initialized.

   CLNS      Connectionless Network Service
   CONS      Connection-Oriented Network Service
   RFC1006   ISO Transport Service on top of TCP
 

o  outgoing network priority (OpenVMS)

   Default:  None          Value:  0-255

   When operating over CLNS, indicates network priority encoded in
   NPDU header for all transmitted packets.


o  protocol class

   Default: None          Value: 0, 2, or 4

   Protocol class operating on the transport connection. This
   attribute is not valid for CLTS.
 

o  remote DTE address

   Default: None         Value: DTE address

   Remote DTE address being used for the transport connection. This
   attribute applies to COTS and if the network service is CONS.


o  remote identifier

   Default: None          Value: Hex string

   Implementation identity and version of the remote NSAP. When
   present, this value is received in the identification of
   implementation parameter of the CR or CC TPDU. This attribute
   applies to COTS only.
 

o  remote nsap

   Default: None          Value: NSAP address

   Remote NSAP address being used for the transport connection. This
   attribute applies to COTS and if network service is either CONS or
   CLNS.
 

o  remote reference

   Default: None          Value: 0-65535

   Reference number assigned to the transport connection by the
   remote transport service provider. The value will be 0 if the
   transport connection is operating the class 0 protocol. This
   attribute applies to COTS only.
 

o  remote RFC1006 port number (OpenVMS)

   Default: None         Value: TCP port number

   Remote TCP port number used for the transport connection. This
   attribute applies to COTS and if the network service is RFC1006.


o  remote RFC1006 IP address (OpenVMS)

   Default: None          Value: IP address

   Remote IP address used for the transport connection. This
   attribute applies to COTS and if the network service is RFC1006.


o  remote transport selector

   Default: None          Value: Hex string

   Remote transport selector that identifies the remote transport
   service user. This attribute applies to COTS only.
 

o  request acknowledgment

   Default: None          Value: True or false

   Indicates whether request acknowledgment was negotiated for
   this transport connection. This attribute is valid for class 4
   protocol only.
 

o  retransmit threshold

   Default: None          Value: 0-4294967295

   Number of times a TPDU requiring acknowledgment is to be
   retransmitted without acknowledgment before the transmission
   completes with an error. This attribute is valid for class 4
   protocol only.
 

o  round-trip delay estimate

   Default: None          Value for Tru64 UNIX: 1-4294967295

   Default: None          Value for OpenVMS: 0-4294967295

   Current estimate (in milliseconds) of the round-trip delay on the
   transport connection. This attribute is valid for protocol class
   4 only.


o  send implementation id

   Default: None          Value: True or false

   Indicates whether the implementation id will be sent in the CR. 
   It is always returned in the CC if it is present in the CR.
 

o  send preferred maximum TPDU size 

   Default: None	Value: True or false

   Indicates whether the preferred maximum TPDU size parameter was 
   sent in the CR or CC TPDU.


o  send request acknowledgment (OpenVMS)

   Default: None	Value: True or false

   Indicates whether the request acknowledgment parameter was sent
   in the CR or CC TPDU.


o  type

   Default: None          Value: CO or CL

   Indicates that the port is being used for the connection-oriented
   (CO) Transport protocol.

   CL    Connectionless transport service.

   CO    Connection-Oriented transport service.
 

o  uid

   Default: None          Value: uid

   Entity's unique identifier, which is generated when the entity is
   created.
 

o  use clns error reports

   Default: None          Value: True or false

   When operating over CLNS, indicates whether the network Routing
   layer's error reporting facility should be used when performing
   connection establishment. This attribute applies to COTS only.


3  template

   show  [node node-id] osi transport -
                   template template-id  attribute [,attribute...]
                                         all [attributes]
                                         all characteristics
                                         all identifiers
 
   Examples:

   show osi transport template * name, network service

   show osi transport template osit$rfc1006plus all


4  Characteristics
 

o  acknowledgment delay time

   Default: 1             Value: 0-65

   Maximum amount of time (in seconds) that an AK TPDU is to be
   withheld. This attribute is valid for protocol class 4 only.
 

o  checksums

   Default: False         Value: True or false

   Specifies whether the use of checksums should be negotiated for a
   transport connection. This attribute is valid for protocol class
   4 only.
 

o  classes

   Default: {4}           Value: Bit-set

   Set of protocol classes that can be negotiated for use on a
   transport connection. If the value of the network service
   attribute is CLNS, the class must be a subset of the classes
   supported by the OSI transport attribute clns classes supported.
   If the value is CONS, the classes must be a subset of the
   classes supported by the OSI transport attribute cons classes
   supported. If the value of the network service attribute is ANY,
   the classes must be a subset of the combined classes in the clns
   classes supported and cons classes supported attributes. 
 

o  clns inactive area address (OpenVMS)

   Default: Empty set     Value: Set of area-address

   Specifies the inactive area address to be used by transport
   connections that use this template. This characteristic is
   relevant only for connections that use CLNS with Null Internet.
   The set must contain no more than one area address. 
 

o  cons template

   Default: OSI           Value: Simple-name
   Transport

   Name of the X.25 Access module template to be used when
   establishing a network connection over the CONS. Used only when
   the value of the network service attribute is cons.


o  cr timeout

   Default: 30            Value for Tru64 UNIX: 1-(2 raised to the
                                                 power of 31 -1)
   Default: 30            Value for OpenVMS: 1-4294967295

   During connection establishment, the amount of time (in seconds)
   to wait for a response to a CR TPDU before assuming that
   the remote transport service provider will not respond. This
   attribute is valid for protocol classes 0 and 2 only.
 

o  er timeout

   Default: 30            Value for Tru64 UNIX: 1-(2 raised to the
                                                 power of 31 -1)
   Default: 30            Value for OpenVMS: 1-4294967295

   The amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a response to an ER
   TPDU before disconnecting the network connection. This attribute
   is used for protocol classes 0 and 2 only.
 

o  expedited data

   Default: True          Value: True or false

   Specifies whether use of the expedited data option should be
   negotiated for the transport connections. This attribute is not
   valid for protocol class 0. 
 

o  extended format

   Default: None          Value: True or false

   Specifies whether the use of extended TPDU format should be
   negotiated for the transport connections. Normal format gives 
   7-bit sequence numbers and 4-bit credit fields; extended format 
   gives 31-bit sequence numbers and 16-bit credit fields. This 
   attribute is supported only for class 2 and class 4 protocols.
  

o  inbound (OpenVMS)

   Default: True          Value: True or false

   Indicates whether this template may be used as the template for
   an inbound transport connection. The algorithm of selection
   of the inbound template is different depending on the type of
   network service over which the transport connection is made.
   If an inbound template cannot be found for an inbound transport
   connection, then the template called DEFAULT will be selected as
   the default. For the CLNS network service, the inbound template
   selected is the first template found that has the Inbound
   attribute set to true , the Network Service attribute set to
   CLNS, and the CLNS Inactive Area Address attribute set to empty
   set.

   For the CLNS network service (using the inactive subset, that
   is, null internet), the incoming template selected is the first
   template found that has the Inbound attribute set to True, the
   Network Service attribute set to CLNS and the CLNS Inactive Area
   Address attribute matches the Inactive Area Address attribute
   of the Routing Circuit entity that the transport connection
   is using. For the CONS network service, the inbound template
   selected is the first template found that has the inbound
   attribute set to true , the network service attribute set to CONS
   and the CONS template attribute (that is, an X.25 Access template
   name) matches the name of the X.25 Access filter that was used to
   accept the inbound network connection. 
 

o  initial retransmit time

   Default: 5             Value for Tru64 UNIX: 1-(2 raised to the
                                                 power of 31 -1)

   Default: 5             Value for OpenVMS: 1-4294967295

   Amount of time (in seconds) to wait for an acknowledgment before
   retransmitting the first TPDU over the transport connection.
 

o  keepalive time

   Default: 60            Value: 1-16383

   Time (in seconds) to be used for the window timer. When the
   transport service provider has no TPDUs to send over a transport
   connection, it retransmits the last AK TPDU at the specified
   frequency to prevent expiration of the remote NSAP's inactivity
   timer. This attribute is valid for protocol class 4 only.
 

o  local nsap

   Default: System        Value: NSAP address
   dependent, determined
   at run-time

   A local NSAP address to be used by default if one is not supplied
   across the service interface. 
 

o  loopback (OpenVMS)

   Default: False         Value: True or false

   Specifies whether transport connections using this template are
   looped back locally in the transport layer. 
 

o  maximum nsdu size

   Default: 2048          Value for Tru64 UNIX: 128-4294967295

   Default: 2048          Value for OpenVMS: 2048

   When operating over the CONS, the maximum NSDU size to use for
   transmit and receive buffers. Expressed as a number of octets.
 

o  network priority (OpenVMS)

   Default:  0            Value:  0-255

   When operating over CLNS, indicates network priority encoded in
   NPDU header for all transmitted packets. It may be used by 
   intermediate systems to assign the packets to queues of 
   appropriate priority.
        

o  network service

   Default: clns          Value: Any, clns, cons, or RFC1006
                                                     (OpenVMS)

   Type of network service. On Tru64 UNIX, the default template
   network service cannot be set to any. The network service
   chosen must be compatible with the value of the protocol class
   attribute.

   any        Either
   clns       Connectionless Network Service
   cons       Connection-Oriented Network Service
   RFC1006    ISO Transport Service on top of TCP
 

o  retransmit threshold

   Default: 8             Value: 0-4294967295

   Number of times a TPDU requiring acknowledgment is to be
   retransmitted before it is assumed that network connectivity
   has failed. This attribute is valid for protocol class 4 only.
 

o  RFC1006 port number (OpenVMS)

   Default: 102          Value: TCP port number
   
   Specifies the TCP port number to use. Only applicable if the
   network service is RFC1006.


o  security

   Default: Null value    Value: Octet string

   An octet string to be transmitted in the security parameter of
   a CR or CC TPDU. A null value causes the security parameter to
   be omitted from the TPDU. For security reasons, this attribute
   cannot be displayed.
 

o  send implementation id

   Default: None          Value: True or false

   Indicates whether the implementation id should be sent in the CR if
   the proposed protocol class is 2 or 4. It is always returned in the
   CC if it is present in the CR.


o  send preferred maximum TPDU size 
   
   Default: True 	Value: True or false

   Indicates whether the preferred maximum TPDU size parameter should
   be sent in the CR TPDU.

   If the preferred maximum TPDU size parameter was present in the 
   CR TPDU, then it indicates whether the preferred maximum TPDU size 
   parameter should be sent in the CC TPDU.

                          NOTE

   The default value of this characteristic should not be changed 
   unless the remote implementation does not conform to ISO 8073.
    

o  send request acknowledgment

   Default: True 	Value: True or false

   Indicates whether the request acknowledgment parameter should be
   sent in the CR TPDU.

   If the request acknowledgment parameter was present in the CR TPDU, 
   then it indicates whether the request acknowledgment parameter 
   should be sent in the CC TPDU.

                          NOTE
   
   The default of this characteristic should not be changed unless the
   remote implementation does not conform to ISO 8073.


o  use clns error reports

   Default: False         Value: True or false

   Indicates whether the network Routing layer's error report
   facility should be used when performing connection establishment.
   If set to true, this may result in faster detection of an
   unreachable node at the time of connection establishment. This
   characteristic should not be set to true on an end system that
   is either dual-railed or connected to a network that has a high
   probability of duplication. This is valid only if network service
   equals clns.
 

4  Identifier
 

o  name

   Simple name assigned to the template when it is created. The name
   default is reserved.
 


2  routing

   show  [node node-id] routing  attribute [,attribute...]
                                 all [attributes]
                                 all characteristics
                                 all counters
                                 all status

   Examples:

   show routing type, phaseiv address

   show routing all

 

3  Characteristics

o  area authentication type

   Support: L1,IP
   Default: None          Value: None or simple

   Type of authentication to be used for level 1 LSPs, PSNPs, and
   CSNPs.
 

o  area receive passwords

   Support: L1,IP
   Default: No passwords  Value: Set of hex-string

   Set of passwords that are valid in level 1 LSPs, PSNPs, and CSNPs
   when simple authentication is in use. You cannot use the show
   command to display the value of this attribute.
 

o  area send password

   Support: L1,IP
   Default: No password   Value: Hex-string

   Password to be sent in level 1 LSPs, PSNPs, and CSNPs when simple
   authentication is in use. You cannot use the show command to
   display the value of this attribute.
 

o  autonomous system number

   Support: IP
   Default: 0             Value: 0-65535

   Autonomous system number of the local system. This characteristic
   is supported only if the value of the routing protocols supported
   characteristic includes EGP. You can modify this characteristic
   only when the status attribute routing state is off.
 

o  dna address format

   Support: End
   Default: True          Value: True or false

   If true, specifies that NSAP addresses are DNA structured, and
   that NSAP address autoconfiguring is possible. If false, this
   specifies that NSAP addresses for this node are constructed
   from the characteristic manual network entity titles and the
   selectors supplied by the transport protocol module (NSP and/or
   OSI transport).
 
   The DNA address format attribute controls only the interpretation 
   of address structuring and no longer controls autoconfiguration. 
   To control autoconfiguration, you need to use the manual network entity 
   titles attribute by manually adding or removing NETs.


o  domain authentication type

   Support: L2,IP
   Default: None          Value: None or simple

   Type of authentication to be used for level 2 LSPs, PSNPs, and
   CSNPs.
 

o  domain receive passwords

   Support: L2,IP
   Default: No passwords  Value: Set of hex-string

   Set of passwords that are valid in level 2 LSPs, PSNPs, and CSNPs
   when simple authentication is in use. You cannot use the show
   command to display the value of this attribute.
 

o  domain send password

   Support: L2,IP
   Default: No password   Value: Hex-string

   Password to be sent in level 2 LSPs, PSNPs, and CSNPs when simple
   authentication is in use. You cannot use the show command to
   display the value of this attribute.
 

o  generate checksums

   Support: All
   Default: False         Value: True or false

   If true, specifies that checksums are generated for data, error
   report, and ES-IS PDUs initiated by this node. If false, these
   checksums are not generated. It is strongly recommended that,
   for performance reasons, you use the default value (indicating no
   checksum generation).
 

o  ip reassembly time

   Support: IP
   Default: 10            Value: 1-255

   Maximum time, in seconds, for which IP fragments are held while
   awaiting reassembly.
 

o  lifetime

   Support: All
   Default: 63            Value: 2-255

   Value to be placed in the "lifetime" field of originating data
   packets. This value should be greater than the maximum number of
   hops in any path in the network, plus the maximum packet lifetime
   in half-seconds.
 

o  manual area addresses

   Support: L1,L2
   Default: No area       Value: Set of area addresses
   addresses

   Area addresses to be used for this node. An area address cannot
   be a Phase IV address or the address DefaultArea.

   If the characteristic manual L1 algorithm has the value routing
   vector, this set must be empty, and the characteristic phase iv
   address must not be 0.0. If the characteristic phase iv address
   is 0.0, there must be at least one area address.
 

o  manual L1 algorithm

   Support: L1
   Default: Routing       Value: See description
   vector

   Type of routing algorithm to be used within the area. You can
   modify this characteristic only when the entity is disabled.

   link state     The DECnet-Plus link-state algorithm is used.
   routing        The Phase IV routing-vector algorithm is used.
   vector
 

o  manual L2 algorithm

   Support: L2
   Default: Routing       Value: See description
   vector

   Type of routing algorithm to be used at level 2. You can modify
   this characteristic only when the entity is disabled.

   link state     The DECnet-Plus link-state algorithm is used.
   routing        The Phase IV routing-vector algorithm is used.
   vector
 

o  manual network entity titles

   Support: End
   Default: No NETs       Value: Set of NETs

   Network entity titles (NETs) to be used for this node. If the
   characteristic dna address format is set to false, there must be
   at least one NET.
 

o  maximum buffers

   Default: 100           Value: 0-65535

   Specifies the guaranteed number of buffers for forwarding. More
   buffers may be used if they are available.  You can only increase
   the characteristic value.
 

o  maximum path splits

   Support: L1,L2
   Default: 2             Value: 1-32

   Maximum number of equal cost paths to split traffic between. You
   can modify this characteristic only when the entity is disabled.
 

o  minimum lsp transmission interval

   Support: L1,L2

   Specifies the minimum interval (in seconds) between transmissions
   of an LSP from a particular source. When changed the timer must
   be reset.
 

o  phaseiv address

   Support: All
   Default: 0.0           Value: PhaseIV address

   Specifies a Phase IV compatible address for communication with
   other Phase IV nodes. The default address, 0.0, indicates that
   no Phase IV compatible address is provided for the node. You can
   modify this characteristic only when the entity is disabled.
 

o  phaseiv area maximum cost

   Support: L2
   Default: 1022          Value: 1-1022

   Maximum cost of a path to a reachable Phase IV area. This
   characteristic is only used by the Phase IV routing algorithm
   (that is, the routing-vector algorithm).
 

o  phaseiv area maximum hops

   Support: L2
   Default: 30            Value: 1-30

   Maximum number of hops in a path to a reachable Phase IV
   area. This characteristic is only used by the Phase IV routing
   algorithm (that is, the routing-vector algorithm).
 

o  phaseiv broadcast routing timer

   Support: L1,L2
   Default: 10            Value: 1-65535

   Maximum interval, in seconds, between broadcast routing messages
   on broadcast circuits. This characteristic is only used by
   the Phase IV routing algorithm (that is, the routing-vector
   algorithm).
 

o  phaseiv buffer size

   Support: All
   Default: 576           Value: 1-65535

   Size, in octets, of buffers used for routing to adjacent Phase IV
   nodes. This value is actually six octets greater than the maximum
   buffer size, and does not include the headers for the Routing and
   Data Link layers.
 

o  phaseiv maximum address

   Support: L1,L2
   Default: 1023          Value: 1-1023

   Maximum node number within the Phase IV area. This characteristic
   is only used by the Phase IV routing algorithm (that is, the
   routing-vector algorithm).
 

o  phaseiv maximum area

   Support: L2
   Default: 63            Value: 1-63

   Maximum Phase IV area number. This characteristic is only used
   by the Phase IV routing algorithm (that is, the routing-vector
   algorithm).
 

o  phaseiv maximum cost

   Support: L1,L2
   Default: 1022          Value: 1-1022

   Maximum cost of a path to a reachable node within the Phase IV
   area. This characteristic is only used by the Phase IV routing
   algorithm (that is, the routing-vector algorithm).
 

o  phaseiv maximum hops

   Support: L1,L2
   Default: 30            Value: 1-30

   Maximum number of hops in a path to a reachable node within the
   Phase IV area. This characteristic is only used by the Phase IV
   routing algorithm (that is, the routing-vector algorithm).
 

o  phaseiv maximum visits

   Support: All
   Default: 63            Value: 1-63

   Maximum number of visits that a packet can make to this node
   before Routing assumes that the packet is looping. This
   characteristic is only used by the Phase IV routing algorithm
   (that is, the routing-vector algorithm).
 

o  phaseiv prefix

   Support: All
   Default: Hex 49        Value: Address prefix

   Prefix for Phase IV addresses. If the characteristic phase iv
   address is not 0.0, a DECnet-Plus area address is formed by adding
   the area portion of the Phase IV address to this prefix. You can
   modify this characteristic only when the entity is disabled.
 

o  probe rate

   Support: End
   Default: 20            Value for Tru64 UNIX: 10-1000
   Default: 20            Value for OpenVMS: 1-65535

   Number of packets after which a probe is sent. This
   characteristic is used only on multilink end systems, on circuits
   without cache entries for the destination.
 

o  protocols

   Support: IP
                          Value: IP or ISO8473

   The protocol stacks that are enabled on this system. These
   can be either or both of the above values. The value of this
   characteristic derives from an argument to the create command.
   You cannot modify this characteristic.
 

o  redirect holding time

   Support: L1,L2
   Default: 600           Value: 1-65535

   Holding time, in seconds, to be specified in Redirect PDUs
   generated by this node.
 

o  rip receive metric class

   Support: L2,IP
   Default: External      Value: External or internal

   The class to be associated with routes received through RIP.
   This value may be overridden by a routing receive route entity.
   This characteristic is supported only if the routing protocols
   supported characteristic includes the RIP routing protocol.
 

o  rip send local metric

   Support: L2,IP
   Default: 1             Value: 0-16

   The metric value used by RIP when announcing routes derived from
   local information. This value is used unless it is overridden
   by a routing send route entity. This characteristic is supported
   only if the routing protocols supported characteristic includes
   the RIP routing protocol.
 

o  rip send metric classes

   Support: L2,IP
   Default: Internal      Value: Set of external, internal

   Routes received through routing protocols other than RIP with
   metric classes in this set are candidates for announcement in
   RIP messages (subject to the route propagation policy in force).
   Routes with metric classes not in this set will not be announced.

   Each value in this set may be overridden separately by a more
   specific propagation policy specified by a routing send route or
   routing send route route source entity. This characteristic is
   supported only if the routing protocols supported characteristic
   includes the RIP routing protocol.
 

o  rip send replacement metric

   Support: L2,IP
   Default: 1             Value: 0-16

   The metric value used by RIP when announcing routes derived
   through other routing protocols. This value is used unless it is
   overridden by a routing send route entity. This characteristic is
   supported only if the routing protocols supported characteristic
   includes the RIP routing protocol.
 

o  routing mode

   Support: End
   Default: Integrated propogation      Value: Segregated or Integrated

   Determines the behavior of the forwarding algorithm. When the
   routing mode is set to Segregated, data being transmitted to
   Phase IV destination addresses is sent in Phase IV format packets,
   to the adjacent Phase IV router, if available. In Integrated mode,
   data is sent to Phase V (OSI) router adjacencies in CLNP packets,
   if possible.

   This characteristic can only be set when Routing is disabled.
   For example, to switch to segregated mode from the default:

       NCL> disable routing
       NCL> set routing routing mode = segregated
       NCL> enable routing
       NCL> enable routing circuit *


o  route propagation

   Support: L2,IP
   Default: No route      Value: Set of protocol pairs (see below)
   propagation

   The default route propagation to be performed. The set may
   include the following protocol pairs:

   EGP to IS-IS   IS-IS to RIP
   EGP to RIP     RIP to EGP
   IS-IS to EGP

   If a particular value is not present in the set, routes are
   not propagated between those two protocols in that direction.
   This characteristic is supported only if the routing protocols
   supported characteristic includes either of the EGP or RIP
   routing protocols.
 

o  routing mode

   Support: End
   Default: Integrated                   Value: Segregated or Integrated

   Determines the behavior of the forwarding algorithm. When the routing
   mode is set to Segregated, data being transmitted to Phase IV
   destination addresses is sent in Phase IV format packets, to the
   adjacent Phase IV router, if available. In Integrated mode, data is
   sent to Phase V (OSI) router adjacencies in CLNP packets, if possible.

   This characteristic can only be set when Routing is disabled.
   For example, to switch to segregated mode from the default:

      NCL> disable routing
      NCL> set routing routing mode = segregated
      NCL> enable routing
      NCL> enable routing circuit *


o  routing protocols supported

   Support: L2,IP

   The set of routing protocols supported by this implementation.
   You cannot modify this characteristic.

   EGP
   IS-IS
   RIP
 

o  segment buffer size

   Support: All
   Default: 570           Value: 0-65535

   Maximum segment size, in octets, to be used by the Transport
   layer. A value of zero means that the segment size is unlimited.
 

o  send source quench

   Support: L1,L2,IP
   Default: False         Value: True or false

   Specifies whether an ICMP source quench packet is sent when an IP
   packet is discarded because of congestion. If false, ICMP source
   quench packets are never sent.
 

o  source quench interval

   Support: L1,L2,IP
   Default: 100           Value: 1-65535

   Minimum time, in milliseconds, between transmission of successive
   ICMP source quench packets.
 

o  summary addresses

   Support: L2,IP
   Default: No addresses  Value: Set of summary addresses

   Summary address information to be included in level 2 link state
   packets sent by this node.
 

o  time to live

   Support: IP
   Default: 35            Value: 1-255

   Specifies the value to be placed in the time to live field of
   originating IP packets. This value should be greater than the
   maximum number of hops in any path on the network.
 

o  type

   Support: All
   Default: No default    Value: See description

   Routing type of this node. You cannot modify this characteristic.

   endnode    The node is an end node.
   L1router   The node is a level 1 router.
   L2router   The node is a level 2 router.
 

o  version

   Default: Current
   version number

   Version number of the DNA Network Routing layer architecture
   specification to which this implementation conforms. You cannot
   modify this characteristic.
 

3  Counters
 

o  address unreachable pdus discarded

   Support: All

   Number of data PDUs that have been discarded because the
   destination was unreachable.
 

o  aged ip packets discarded

   Support: IP

   Number of IP packets that have been discarded because their time
   of life has expired.
 

o  aged pdus discarded

   Support: L1,L2

   Number of data PDUs that have been discarded because their
   lifetime has expired.
 

o  attempts to exceed maximum sequence number

   Support: L1,L2

   Number of times an attempt was made to increase the sequence
   number of a link state packet beyond the maximum allowed.
 

o  corrupted lsps detected

   Support: L1,L2

   Number of times that the corrupted lsp detected event has been
   generated.
 

o  creation time

   Support: All

   Time this entity was created.
 

o  error reports generated

   Support: All

   Number of error report PDUs (or Phase IV data packets with RTS
   set) that have been generated.
 

o  icmp address mask reply messages received

   Support: IP

   Number of ICMP Address Mask Reply messages received.
 

o  icmp address mask reply messages sent

   Support: IP

   Number of ICMP Address Mask Reply messages sent.
 

o  icmp address mask request messages received

   Support: IP

   Number of ICMP Address Mask Request messages received.
 

o  icmp address mask request messages sent

   Support: IP

   Number of ICMP Address Mask Request messages sent.
 

o  icmp destination unreachable messages received

   Support: IP

   Number of ICMP Destination Unreachable messages received.
 

o  icmp destination unreachable messages sent

   Support: IP

   Number of ICMP Destination Unreachable messages sent.
 

o  icmp echo reply messages received

   Support: IP

   Number of ICMP Echo Reply messages received.
 

o  icmp echo reply messages sent

   Support: IP

   Number of ICMP Echo Reply messages sent.
 

o  icmp echo request messages received

   Support: IP

   Number of ICMP Echo Request messages received.
 

o  icmp echo request messages sent

   Support: IP

   Number of ICMP Echo Request messages sent.
 

o  icmp message send errors

   Support: IP

   Number of ICMP messages that could not be sent because of
   problems in the ICMP layer. Note that this value does not include
   errors that occur outside the ICMP layer, such as forwarding
   errors.
 

o  icmp messages received

   Support: IP

   Number of ICMP messages received. This value includes those
   messages counted by the icmp received message errors counter.
 

o  icmp messages sent

   Support: IP

   Number of ICMP messages of all types that the node has attempted
   to send. Note that this figure includes the value of the icmp
   message send errors counter.
 

o  icmp received message errors

   Support: IP

   Number of ICMP messages received with any type of error.
 

o  icmp parameter problem messages received

   Support: IP

   Number of ICMP Parameter Problem messages received.
 

o  icmp parameter problem messages sent

   Support: IP

   Number of ICMP Parameter Problem messages sent.
 

o  icmp redirect messages received

   Support: IP

   Number of ICMP Redirect messages received.
 

o  icmp redirect messages sent

   Support: IP

   Number of ICMP Redirect messages sent.
 

o  icmp source quench messages received

   Support: IP

   Number of ICMP Source Quench messages received.
 

o  icmp source quench messages sent

   Support: IP

   Number of ICMP Source Quench messages sent.
 

o  icmp time exceeded messages received

   Support: IP

   Number of ICMP Time Exceeded messages received.
 

o  icmp time exceeded messages sent

   Support: IP

   Number of ICMP Time Exceeded messages sent.
 

o  icmp timestamp reply messages received

   Support: IP

   Number of ICMP Timestamp Reply messages received.
 

o  icmp timestamp reply messages sent

   Support: IP

   Number of ICMP Timestamp Reply messages sent.
 

o  icmp timestamp request messages received

   Support: IP

   Number of ICMP Timestamp Request messages received.
 

o  icmp timestamp request messages sent

   Support: IP

   Number of ICMP Timestamp Request messages sent.
 

o  icmp unknown message types received

   Support: IP

   Number of ICMP messages received with an unknown message type.
 

o  ip address unreachable packets discarded

   Support: IP

   Number of IP packets discarded because their destination was
   unreachable.
 

o  ip destination address error packets discarded

   Support: IP

   Number of IP packets discarded because of an invalid destination
   address or the address of an unsupported class.
 

o  ip packets discarded

   Support: IP

   Number of IP packets discarded for either of the following
   reasons:

   o  Error in the IP header, such as bad checksum or version number
      mismatch. Note, however, that format errors and time to live
      expired are excluded.

   o  Packet received through data link broadcast when forwarding is
      not allowed.
 

o  ip packet format errors

   Support: IP

   Number of IP packets discarded because of a format error in the
   IP header.
 

o  ip protocol unreachable packets discarded

   Support: IP

   Number of IP packets received for the local system and discarded
   because there was no port with the protocol type specified in the
   IP datagram PROTO field.
 

o  ip source address error packets discarded

   Support: IP

   Number of IP packets discarded because of an invalid source
   address or the address of an unsupported class.
 

o  lsp L1 database overloads

   Support: L1,L2

   Number of times that the lsp level 1 database overload event has
   been generated.
 

o  lsp L2 database overloads

   Support: L2

   Number of times that the lsp level 2 database overload event has
   been generated.
 

o  manual addresses dropped from area

   Support: L1,L2

   Number of times an address in the manual area addresses set is
   ignored when computing an area address (each address that is
   ignored is counted separately).
 

o  own lsp purges

   Support: L1,L2

   Number of times that the own lsp purged event has been generated.
 

o  pdu format errors

   Support: All

   Number of data PDUs that have been discarded because of format
   errors.
 

o  phaseiv translation failures

   Support: All

   Number of times the phase iv translation failures event has been
   generated.
 

o  sequence number skips

   Support: L1,L2

   Number of times that the sequence number skipped event has been
   generated.
 

o  unsupported options

   Support: All

   Number of data PDUs that have been discarded because they
   specified unsupported options in their header.
 

3  Preset_attributes

   Preset attributes are similar to characteristics, in that their
   values control the way in which the routing module operates.
   However, unlike characteristics, you cannot alter preset
   attribute values using the set command.

                                  NOTE

      These characteristics are preset attributes. They should
      only be set by an expert.
 

o  broadcast lsp transmission interval

   Support: L1,L2
   Default: 33            Value: 1-65535

   Interval, in milliseconds, between the transmission of Link State
   Packets (LSPs) on a broadcast circuit.
 

o  complete snp interval

   Support: L1,L2
   Default: 10            Value: 1-600

   Interval, in seconds, between generation of Complete Sequence
   Number Packets (SNPs) by a designated router on a broadcast
   circuit.
 

o  default es hello timer

   Support: All
   Default: 600           Value: 1-65535

   Value to be used for the current suggested Hello timer, in the
   absence of any suggested value from the intermediate system (IS).

   On routers, this is the value to be suggested when the router is
   not required to poll the ES configuration. In routers, this value
   is suggested by the Suggested ES Configuration Timer option in IS
   Hellos.
 

o  dr isis hello timer

   Support: L1,L2
   Default: 1             Value: 1-65535

   Interval, in seconds, between the generation of IS-IS Hello PDUs
   by the designated router.
 

o  es cache holding time

   Support: End
   Default: 600           Value: 1-65535

   Holding time, in seconds, for an entry in the node's end-node
   cache database.
 

o  es cache width

   Support: End
   Default: 3             Value for Tru64 UNIX: 1-4294967295
   Default: 3             Value for OpenVMS: 1-65535

   Maximum number of LAN address entries in the node's end-node
   cache database on a broadcast circuit.
 

o  holding multiplier

   Support: All
   Default: 3             Value: 2-63

   Value by which to multiply the Hello timer to obtain the holding
   timer value for ES and IS Hellos and for point-to-point, router-
   to-router Hellos.
 

o  inactive selector

   Support: All
   Default: 33            Value: 2-255

   This is the selector value identifying the port to which incoming
   Inactive Subset PDUs are to be sent.
 

o  initialization timer

   Support: All
   Default: 6             Value: 1-63

   Delay, in seconds, between initialization of a data link and
   sending a DECnet-Plus message on a DDCMP circuit.
 

o  isis format

   Support: L1,L2
   Default: 0 (ISO)       Value: (ISO) or 1 (DNA Private)

   This attribute controls the protocol identification to be
   used for "DNA Private" PDUs. On broadcast circuits, this
   characteristic also controls the SAP on which they are
   transmitted.
 

o  isis holding multiplier

   Support: L1,L2
   Default: 10            Value: 2-63

   Value by which to multiply the ISIS Hello timer to obtain the
   value of the holding timer for LAN level 1 and level 2 router-to-
   router Hellos.
 

o  maximum age

   Support: L1,L2
   Default: 1200          Value: 1-65535

   Number of seconds before an LSP is considered to be expired.
 

o  maximum lsp generation interval

   Support: L1,L2
   Default: 900           Value: 60-900

   Maximum interval, in seconds, between link state packets (LSPs)
   generated by this node.
 

o  minimum lsp generation interval

   Support: L1,L2
   Default: 30            Value: 1-65535

   Minimum time, in seconds, between generation of LSPs by this
   node.
 

o  minimum lsp transmission interval

   Support: L1,L2
   Default: 5             Value: 5-30

   Minimum interval, in seconds, between retransmissions of an LSP.
 

o  multicircuit es hello timer

   Support: End
   Default: 10            Value: 1-65535

   Value to be used for the current suggested Hello timer on a
   multicircuit end node with more than one circuit enabled, in
   the absence of any suggested values from the IS.
 

o  originating L1 lsp buffer size

   Support: L1,L2
   Default: 1492          Value: 128-1492

   Maximum size of level 1 LSPs and SNPs originated at this node.
 

o  originating L2 lsp buffer size

   Support: L2
   Default: 1492          Value: 128-1492

   Maximum size of level 2 LSPs and SNPs originated at this node.
 

o  partial snp interval

   Support: L1,L2
   Default: 2             Value: 1-65535

   Minimum interval, in seconds, between sending partial SNPs.
 

o  poll es hello rate

   Support: All
   Default: 50            Value: 1-65535

   Interval, in seconds, between ES Hellos when a router requires to
   poll the ES configuration.
 

o  queue threshold

   Support: L1,L2
   Default: 1             Value: 1-63

   Average queue length at a router, above which the "congestion
   experienced" bit will be set in a forwarded data PDU.
 

o  waiting time

   Support: L1,L2
   Default: 60            Value: 1-65535

   Delay, in seconds, between routing databases being in the waiting
   state and entering the on state.
 

o  zero age lifetime

   Support: L1,L2
   Default: 60            Value: 1-65535

   Time, in seconds, for which the purge header of an expired LSP is
   retained.
 

3  Status
 

o  area addresses

   Support: All

   A set of area addresses. If the node is an end node, these are
   the area address portions of the NETs of all adjacent routers.
   If the node is a level 1 or level 2 router, this set is the union
   of the sets of manual area addresses reported in all level 1 LSPs
   received by this router.
 

o  egp port

   Support: IP

   Name of the routing port entity used for sending and receiving
   EGP messages. This attribute is set when a routing egp group
   entity is enabled.
 

o  icmp port

   Support: IP

   Name of the routing port entity used for sending and receiving
   ICMP messages. This attribute is set when the routing module is
   enabled and the protocols characteristic includes the value IP.
 

o  L1 state

   Support: L1,L2

   State of the level 1 database.

   off       Routing is disabled.

   on        Routing is enabled and operating correctly.

   waiting   Routing has received routing information that it cannot
             store and is waiting for the overload to be removed.
 

o  L2 state

   Support: L2

   State of the level 2 database.

   off       Routing is disabled.

   on        Routing is enabled and operating correctly.

   waiting   Routing has received routing information that it cannot
             store and is waiting for the overload to be removed.
 

o  nearest L2 router adjacencies

   Support: L1,L2

   Names of adjacencies to be used for forwarding to the nearest
   level 2 router. If the node is a level 2 router adjacent to other
   areas, or if it is a level 1 router in an area with no attached
   level 2 routers, this set is empty.
 

o  rip port

   Support: IP

   Name of the udp port entity used by the routing module for
   sending and receiving RIP messages. This attribute is set
   when a routing circuit entity is enabled with its rip state
   characteristic set to any value other than off.
 

o  state

   Support:
   All

   State of the routing entity.

   off        The entity is disabled.
   on         The entity is enabled.
 

o  uid

   Entity's unique identifier, which is generated when the entity is
   created.
 

3  circuit

   show  [node node-id] routing -
              circuit circuit-name  attribute [,attribute...]
                                    all [attributes]
                                    all characteristics
                                    all counters
                                    all identifiers
                                    all status
 
   Examples:

   show routing circuit * name, state

   show routing circuit csmacd-1 all

4  Identifier
 

o  name

   Simple name assigned to the circuit when it is created.


4  Characteristics
 

o  alternative subnet addresses

   Support: L1,L2,IP
   Default: No addresses  Value: Set of subnet-address

   A set of alternative IP addresses and subnet masks for this
   interface. You can modify this characteristic only when the
   entity is disabled.
 

o  arp holding time

   Support: IP
   Default: 600           Value: 30-65535

   Number of seconds to hold on to a routing circuit ip address
   translation entity. This characteristic is supported only if the
   circuit's type characteristic is csma-cd.
 

o  arp response waiting time

   Support: IP
   Default: 3             Value: 1-10

   Number of seconds to wait for an ARP response when an ARP request
   has been sent. This characteristic is supported only if the
   circuit's type characteristic is csma-cd.
 

o  authentication type

   Support: L1,L2,IP
   Default: None          Value: None or simple

   Type of authentication to be used for LAN L1 Hellos, LAN L2
   Hellos, or PtPt Hellos on this circuit.
 

o  data link entity

   Support: All
   Default: No data link  Value: Local-entity-name
   name

   Name of the entity within the data link module to be created when
   a port is opened for that data link type. You can modify this
   characteristic only when the entity is disabled. This attribute
   is supported for all types of circuits, however for X.25 circuits
   set the attribute to x25 access.
 

o  directed broadcast

   Support: L1,IP
   Default: On            Value: Off or On

   Specifies how an IP packet is to be forwarded on a broadcast
   link.

   off   Discard the packet silently.

   on    Broadcast the packet using data level link broa that either
         of the following conditions is true:

         o  The packet's subnet address matches the value of the
            subnet address characteristic.

         o  The packet's subnet address matches one of the values of
            the alternative subnet addresses characteristic.


   This characteristic is supported only if the characteristic type
   is set to csma-cd.
 

o  dna neighbor

   Support: L1,L2
   Default: True          Value: True or false

   If true, specifies that the neighbor is expected to be DNA
   compliant, and so proprietary mechanisms are possible. If
   false, no router-to-router Hellos or LSPs will be sent over
   this circuit. This characteristic is supported only if the
   characteristic type is not x25 da. You can modify this
   characteristic only when the entity is disabled.
 

o  enable phaseiv address

   Support: All
   Default: True          Value: True or false

   Specifies whether the physical LAN address is to be set to the
   Phase IV style LAN address (that is, AA-00-04-00-xx-xx). The
   LAN address is set only if this attribute is true and the value
   of the Phase IV Address characteristic is not 0.0. If Phase IV
   Address is not 0.0 and there are multiple adaptors to the same
   LAN, only one circuit may have this attribute set to true. This
   characteristic is supported only if the characteristic type is
   set to csma-cd.
 

o  explicit receive verification

   Support: All
   Default: True          Value: True or false

   Type of password verification performed at circuit
   initialization. If true, the received verifier is checked
   against the value of the characteristic receive verifier for
   this circuit, if any. If false, the received verifier is checked
   against the set of verifiers specified in the routing permitted
   neighbor entities. This attribute is supported only if the
   characteristic type is set to ddcmp, hdlc, x25 static incoming,
   x25 static outgoing, and x25 permanent.
 

o  hello timer

   Support: L1,L2
   Default: 10            Value: 1-32767

   Interval, in seconds, between IS Hello messages.
 

o  idle timer

   Support: All
   Default: 30            Value: 1-65535

   Number of seconds of idle time before a call is cleared. This
   attribute is supported only if the characteristic type is x25 da.
 

o  inactive area address

   Support: All
   Default: No area       Value: Set of area addresses
   address

   Area address associated with the use of the inactive subnet of
   ISO 8473. Maximum area address that may be present is 1. This
   characterisitic is supported only if the characteristic type is
   set to csma-cd.
 

o  initial minimum timer

   Support: All
   Default: 55            Value: 1-65535

   Period, in seconds, for which an X.25 call remains connected
   after being established, irrespective of traffic. This should be
   set small enough that the call is cleared before the start of the
   next charging interval. This attribute is supported only if the
   characteristic type is x25 da.
 

o  isis hello timer

   Support: L1,L2
   Default: 3             Value: 1-32767

   Interval, in seconds, between LAN level 1 and level 2 router-to-
   router Hello messages. This value is also used as the interval
   between IS Hello messages when polling the ES configuration.
 

o  L1 cost

   Support: L1,L2
   Default: 20            Value: 1-63

   Cost of this circuit for level 1 traffic.
 

o  L1 router priority

   Support: L1,L2
   Default: 64            Value: 1-127

   Priority for becoming LAN level 1 designated router. This
   attribute is supported only if the circuit's characteristic type
   is csma-cd.
 

o  L2 cost

   Support: L2
   Default: 20            Value: 1-63

   Cost of this circuit for level 2 traffic.
 

o  L2 router priority

   Support: L2
   Default: 64            Value: 1-127

   Priority for becoming LAN level 2 designated router. This
   attribute is supported only if the circuit's characteristic type
   is csma-cd.
 

o  manual data link sdu size

   Support: All
   Default: 1492          Value: 128-65535

   Preferred maximum data-link block size, in octets. You can modify
   this characteristic only when the entity is disabled. If the
   characteristic type is csma-cd, this characteristic is a read-
   only attribute whose value is fixed at 1492.
 

o  manual data link sdu size for ip

   Support: IP
   Default: See           Value: 128-65535
   description

   Preferred maximum DSDU size, in octets, for the transmission
   of IP packets. The DSDU size includes the size of the packet
   containing the IP header. On point-to-point HDLC links, the DSDU
   size also includes the 1-octet link encapsulation (that is, the
   maximum IP packet size is the value of this attribute minus 1).
   The default value depends on the circuit type, as follows:

   csma-cd        1500
   ddcmp          1500
   hdlc           1500
   X.25 (all      576
   types)

   You can modify this characteristic only when the entity is
   disabled.
 

o  manual L2only mode

   Support: L2
   Default: False         Value: True or false

   If true, specifies that this circuit is to be used only for level
   2 traffic. If false, the circuit may be used for both level 1 and
   level 2 traffic. You can modify this characteristic only when the
   entity is disabled.
 

o  manual routers

   Support: End
   Default: No router     Value: Set of LAN addresses
   IDs

   Manually entered IDs of routers. If this set is empty, the
   circuit will auto-configure the routers. This characteristic is
   supported only if the circuit's characteristic type is csma-cd.
   For Tru64 UNIX, a maximum of 5 routers can be in the set.
 

o  maximum arp retries

   Support: IP
   Default: 3             Value: 1-10

   Maximum number of times that an ARP request can be sent for the
   same IP address. This characteristic is supported only if the
   circuit's characteristic type is set to csma-cd.
 

o  maximum call attempts

   Support: All
   Default: 10            Value: 0-255

   Maximum number of successive X.25 call failures before the
   circuit is regarded as being halted. A value of zero means that
   there is no limit to the number of retries.

   This attribute is supported only if the characteristic type is
   set to x25 static outgoing. You can modify this characteristic
   only when the entity is disabled. Also, you can only increase the
   characteristic value.
 

o  maximum svc adjacencies

   Support: All
   Default: 1             Value: 1-65535

   Number of routing circuit adjacency entities to reserve for
   SVCs on this circuit. This is effectively the maximum number
   of simultaneous calls possible on this circuit. This attribute is
   supported only if the characteristic type is x25 da.
 

o  originating queue limit

   Support: L1,L2
   Default: 2             Value: 1-50

   Maximum number of data PDUs originated by this node that can
   be on this circuit's transmit queue. This should be set to the
   minimum number required to keep the data link from idling. You
   can modify this characteristic to a higher value when the entity
   is disabled; you can never modify it to a lower value.
 

o  recall timer

   Support: All
   Default: 60            Value: 0-65535

   Interval, in seconds, that must elapse between a call failure and
   a recall. This attribute is supported only if the characteristic
   type is set to x25 static outgoing, x25 da, hdlc, or ddcmp.
 

o  receive passwords

   Support: L1,L2,IP
   Default: No passwords  Value: Set of hex-string

   Set of passwords that are valid in received LAN L1 Hellos, LAN
   L2 Hellos, and PtPt Hellos when simple authentication is in use
   on this circuit. You cannot use the show command to display the
   value of this attribute.
 

o  receive verifier

   Support: All
   Default: No verifier   Value: Hex string, length 0-38

   Value against which a neighbor node's received verifier is
   to be checked. If no verifier is specified, no verification
   is performed. This attribute is supported only if the
   characteristic type is either ddcmp, hdlc, x25 static incoming,
   x25 static outgoing, or x25 permanent. You cannot display this
   characteristic.
 

o  reserved adjacency

   Support: End
   Default: False         Value: True or false

   If true, specifies that one SVC must be reserved for connection
   to a router. If false, no SVC needs to be reserved for
   this purpose. This characteristic is supported only if the
   circuit's characteristic type is x25 da). You can modify this
   characteristic only when the entity is disabled.
 

o  reserve timer

   Support: All
   Default: 600           Value: 1-65535

   Interval, in seconds, during which the SVC remains reserved for
   the previous DTE address after a call is cleared due to lack of
   traffic. This attribute is supported only if the characteristic
   type is x25 da.
 

o  rip generated default route

   Support: L1,L2,IP
   Default: False         Value: True or false

   If true, this specifies that the default route is announced
   in RIP messages sent on this circuit, with the metric
   value specified in the RIP generated default route metric
   characteristic. If false, the default route is not generated.
 

o  rip generated default route metric

   Support: L1,L2,IP
   Default: 1             Value: 0-16

   Specifies the metric to be used when announcing a generated
   default route through RIP on this circuit.
 

o  rip neighbors

   Support: L2,IP
   Default: No addresses  Value: Set of IP-addresses

   IP addresses of neighboring systems with which RIP will be
   exchanged on this circuit.

   If the circuit is a point-to-point circuit, this set must contain
   a single IP address if the rip state characteristic is to be set
   to send and receive. Also, you must disable the entity before
   altering this characteristic.

   If the rip send type characteristic is set to broadcast, only RIP
   messages from addresses specified in this set will be received;
   other messages will be silently discarded.

   This characteristic is supported only if the routing protocols
   supported characteristic of the routing entity includes the RIP
   routing protocol.
 

o  rip poisoned reverse

   Support: L2,IP
   Default: True          Value: True or false

   Specifies whether poisoned reverse routes are to be sent in RIP
   messages on this circuit. If false, poisoned reverse routes are
   not sent.

   This characteristic is supported only if the routing protocols
   supported characteristic of the routing entity includes the RIP
   routing protocol.
 

o  rip receive default route

   Support: L2,IP
   Default: True          Value: True or false

   Specifies whether the default route is accepted from RIP messages
   on this circuit. If false, the default route from RIP messages on
   this circuit is discarded.

   This characteristic is supported only if the routing protocols
   supported characteristic of the routing entity includes the RIP
   routing protocol.
 

o  rip send type

   Support: L2,IP
   Default: Broadcast     Value: Broadcast or point-to-point

   Specifies how RIP messages are sent on this circuit.

   broadcast      RIP messages are sent via data link broadcast.
   point-to-      RIP messages are sent directly to each IP address
   point          specified in the rip neighbors characteristic.

   This characteristic is supported only if the routing protocols
   supported characteristic of the routing entity includes the RIP
   routing protocol and if the circuit's type characteristic is
   csma-cd.
 

o  rip state

   Support: L2,IP
   Default: Off           Value: See description

   Specifies how RIP messages are treated on this circuit.

   off            RIP messages cannot be sent or received on this
                  circuit.

   receive        RIP messages can be received but not sent on this
                  circuit.

   send and       RIP messages can be sent and received on this
   receive        circuit.

   This characteristic is supported only if the routing protocols
   supported characteristic of the routing entity includes the RIP
   routing protocol.
 

o  send password

   Support: L1,L2,IP
   Default: No password   Value: Hex-string

   Password to be sent in LAN L1 Hellos, LAN L2 Hellos, and PtPt
   Hellos when simple authentication is used on this circuit.
   You cannot use the show command to display the value of this
   attribute.
 

o  subnet address

   Support: IP
   Default: 0.0.0.0       Value: Subnet address

   IP address and subnet mask of this interface. You can modify this
   characteristic only when the entity is disabled.
 

o  template

   Support: All
   Default: No template   Value: Template-id
   name

   Name of the template to be used when a port is opened for this
   data-link type. If no template name is specified, no template is
   used. You can modify this characteristic only when the entity is
   disabled.
 

o  transmit verifier

   Support: All
   Default: No verifier   Value: Hex-string, length 0-38

   Value to be transmitted for verifying the identity of this node.
   If no verifier is specified, no verifier is transmitted. This
   characteristic is supported only if the characteristic type is
   either ddcmp, hdlc, x25 static outgoing, x25 static incoming, or
   x25 permanent. You cannot display this characteristic.
 

o  type

   Support: All

   Type of circuit. You cannot modify this characteristic. This
   characteristic is set by means of an argument to the create
   command.

   csma-cd        The circuit is a broadcast circuit.

   ddcmp          The circuit is a DDCMP circuit.

   hdlc           The circuit is an HDLC circuit.

   x25 da         The circuit is a dynamically allocated X.25
                  circuit.

   x25            X.25 permanent virtual circuit.
   permanent

   x25 static     Static incoming X.25 circuit.
   incoming

   x25 static     Static outgoing X.25 circuit.
   outgoing
 

o  X.25 filters

   Default: See           Value: Set of simple names
   description

   Specifies the set of X.25 filters to be used when a port is
   opened to the X.25 module. Typically, there will be two sets: one
   to specify the selection on the Call User Data field for DECnet-Plus
   and the other to specify the selection on the subaddress
   for Phase IV. This attribute is valid only if the characteristic
   type is x25 static incoming or x25 da.
 

4  Counters
 

o  authentication failures

   Support: L1,L2,IP

   Number of times a PDU has been received on this circuit with an
   Authentication Information field that is incompatible with the
   PDU type.
 

o  calls failed

   Support: All

   Number of unsuccessful call attempts on this circuit. This
   attribute is supported only if the characteristic type is x25
   da.
 

o  calls placed

   Support: All

   Number of call attempts (successful and unsuccessful) on this
   circuit. This attribute is supported only if the characteristic
   type is x25 da.
 

o  changes in adjacency state

   Support: All

   Number of times the status attribute state of an adjacency
   belonging to this circuit changes from Up to Down (or
   Initializing), or the reverse.
 

o  changes in ip adjacency state

   Support: IP

   Number of times the status attribute state of an IP adjacency
   belonging to this circuit changes from Up to some other state, or
   the reverse.
 

o  changes in rip neighbor state

   Support: L2,IP

   Specifies the number of times the RIP state of IP adjacencies
   belonging to this circuit have changed. This attribute is
   supported only if the routing entity's characteristic routing
   protocols supported includes the routing protocol RIP.
 

o  circuit changes

   Support: All

   Number of times that the status attribute state has changed from
   on to off, or vice versa.
 

o  congestion discards

   Support: L1,L2

   Number of data-and error-report NPDUs that have been discarded,
   before or after fragmentation, because of congestion. Any other
   discarding will already have been done by the forwarding process.
   This number includes all PDUs recognized by the receive process
   as data PDUs (DECnet-Plus data- and error-report PDUs and Phase IV
   data packets), even though they may subsequently be discarded for
   some reason.
 

o  control pdus received

   Support: All

   Number of control PDUs that have been received on this circuit.
   This number includes all Network layer PDUs, with the exception
   of DECnet-Plus data and error report PDUs and Phase IV data PDUs.
 

o  control pdus sent

   Support: All

   Number of control PDUs that have been sent on this circuit.
 

o  corrupted lsps received

   Support: L1,L2

   Number of times a corrupted link state packet has been received
   on this circuit.
 

o  corrupted hello pdus received

   Support: All

   Number of times an ES-IS (end system to intermediate system) or
   IS-IS (intermediate system to intermediate system) Hello PDU has
   been received on this circuit that either cannot be parsed or
   contains an incorrect checksum.
 

o  creation time

   Support: All

   Time this entity was created.
 

o  da adjacency changes

   Support: All

   Number of DA adjacency change events that have been generated.
 

o  data pdus forwarded

   Support: L1,L2

   Number of data- and error-report NPDUs that have been forwarded
   onto this circuit (either from another circuit or from a local
   port). This number includes all PDUs recognized by the receive
   process as data PDUs (DECnet-Plus data- and error-report PDUs
   and Phase IV data packets), even though they may subsequently be
   discarded for some reason.
 

o  data pdus fragmented

   Support: All

   Number of data NPDUs that have been fragmented on this circuit.
 

o  data pdus received

   Support: All

   Number of data- and error-report NPDUs that have been received
   on this circuit. This number includes all PDUs recognized by
   the receive process as data PDUs (DECnet-Plus data and error
   report PDUs and Phase IV data packets), even though they may
   subsequently be discarded for some reason.
 

o  data pdus transmitted

   Support: All

   Number of data- and error-report NPDUs, after fragmentation, that
   have been delivered to the port for transmission on this circuit.
   This number includes all PDUs recognized by the receive process
   as data PDUs (DECnet-Plus data- and error-report PDUs and Phase IV
   data packets), even though they may subsequently be discarded for
   some reason.
 

o  exceeded maximum svc adjacencies

   Support: End,L2

   Number of exceeded maximum svc adjacency events that have been
   generated. This counter is supported only if the circuit's type
   is set to x25 da; only for nodes that are end nodes; and if the
   system supports dual routing (both DECnet and IP routing).
 

o  id reachablity changes

   Support: All

   Number of ID reachability change events that have been generated.
 

o  initialization failures

   Support: All

   Number of times that an attempt to initialize an adjacent node
   over this circuit has failed, either because of version skew or
   area mismatch.
 

o  ip fragmentation failure discards

   Support: IP

   Number of IP packets discarded because fragmentation was required
   to transmit them, but the IP header requested "do not fragment."
   This attribute is supported only if the system supports dual
   routing (both DECnet and IP routing).
 

o  ip fragments created

   Support: IP

   Number of IP fragments created for transmission on this circuit.
 

o  ip packets forwarded

   Support: IP

   Number of IP packets forwarded on this circuit before
   fragmentation. These IP packets may be from another circuit or
   from a local port. Note that this value includes those IP packets
   counted in the ip send discards counter.
 

o  ip packets fragmented

   Support: IP

   Number of IP packets that have been fragmented on this circuit.
 

o  ip packets received

   Support: IP

   Number of IP packets received on this circuit. This value
   includes all types of IP packet (control, data, etc.), and those
   that may subsequently be discarded for any reason.
 

o  ip received discards

   Support: IP

   Number of IP packets that have been received and then discarded
   because of congestion.
 

o  ip send discards

   Support: IP

   Number of IP packets for transmission that have been discarded
   because of congestion.
 

o  irrecoverable svc failures

   Support: All

   Number of times that the number of re-call attempts on this
   circuit has become equal to the value of the characteristic
   maximum call attempts. This attribute is supported only if the
   characteristic type is set to x25 static outgoing.
 

o  LAN l1 designated router changes

   Support: L1,L2

   Number of times the local node has either elected itself or
   resigned as the LAN level 1 designated router on this circuit.
   This attribute is supported only if the circuit's characteristic
   type is set to csma-cd.
 

o  LAN l2 designated router changes

   Support: L2

   Number of times the local node has either elected itself or
   resigned as the LAN level 2 designated router on this circuit.
 

o  LAN phaseiv designated router changes

   Support: L1,L2

   Number of times the local node has either elected itself or
   resigned as the LAN Phase IV designated router on this circuit.
 

o  redirect discards

   Support: End

   Number of Redirect PDUs that have been discarded because of
   insufficient cache memory.
 

o  rejected adjacencies

   Support: All

   Number of times an attempt to create a new adjacency using this
   circuit has failed because of insufficient resources.
 

o  rejected ip adjacencies

   Support: L2,IP

   Number of times an attempt to automatically create a new
   IP adjacency to an IP router has failed because of lack of
   resources.
 

o  rip errors received

   Support: L2,IP

   Number of RIP messages received with any kind of received error
   on this circuit. This attribute is supported only if the routing
   entity's characteristic routing protocols supported includes the
   routing protocol RIP.
 

o  segmentation failure discards

   Support: L1,L2

   Number of data NPDUs that have been discarded because
   segmentation was required to send them on this circuit but was
   not permitted in the NPDU header.
 

o  verification reject events

   Number of verification reject events that have been generated.
   This attribute is supported only if the characteristic type is
   set to ddcmp, hdlc, x25 static incoming, x25 static outgoing, or
   x25 permanent.
 

 

4  Status
 

o  data link port

   Support: All

   Name of the data link port used for this circuit. Not supported
   on DA circuits.
 

o  data link sdu size

   Support: All

   Maximum size, in octets, of a Data Link SDU for this circuit.
   This includes the Network layer header, but excludes the Data
   Link layer header. The value of this status is the lesser of the
   value of the characteristic manual data link sdu size and any
   limit imposed by the Data Link layer.
 

o  LAN L1 id

   Support: L1,L2

   LAN ID allocated by the LAN level 1 designated router. This
   attribute is supported only if the circuit's characteristic type
   is csma-cd.
 

o  LAN L2 id

   Support: L2

   LAN ID allocated by the LAN level 2 designated router. This
   attribute is supported only if the circuit's characteristic type
   is csma-cd.
 

o  L1 designated router

   Support: L1,L2

   ID of the DECnet-Plus level 1 designated router on this circuit.
   This attribute is supported only if the circuit's characteristic
   type is csma-cd. If this node does not participate in the router
   election process, the value returned is 00-00-00-00-00-00.
 

o  L2 designated router

   Support: L2

   ID of the DECnet-Plus level 2 designated router on this circuit.
   This attribute is supported only if the circuit's characteristic
   type is csma-cd. If this node does not participate in the router
   election process, the value returned is 00-00-00-00-00-00.
 

o  phaseiv designated router

   Support: L1,L2

   ID of the Phase IV designated router on this circuit. This
   attribute is supported only if the circuit's characteristic
   type is csma-cd. If this node does not participate in the router
   election process, the value returned is 00-00-00-00-00-00.
 

o  point-to-point id

   Support: L1,L2

   ID allocated to the circuit during its initialization. This
   attribute is supported only if the circuit's characteristic type
   is hdlc, ddcmp, or x25 static.
 

o  state

   State of the routing circuit entity.

   Support:
   All
   off   The circuit is disabled.
   on    The circuit is enabled.
 

o  uid

   Entity's unique identifier, which is generated when the entity is
   created.
 


4  adjacency

   show  [node node-id] routing -
               circuit circuit-name -
                  adjacency adjacency-name  attribute [,attribute...]
                                            all [attributes]
                                            all identifiers
                                            all status
 
   Examples:

   show routing circuit csmacd-1 adjacency * name, state, lan address

   show routing circuit csmacd-1 adjacency RTG$0001 all


5  Identifier
 

o  name

   Simple name assigned to the adjacency when it is created.
 

5  Status
 

o  data link port

   Support: All

   Name of the data link port used for this X.25 data adjacency.
   This attribute is supported only if the owning routing circuit
   entity's characteristic type is set to x25 da.
 

o  dte address

   Support: All

   DTE address of the neighboring node on an X.25 circuit.
   This status is supported only if the owning circuit entity's
   characteristic type is x25 da.
 

o  endnode ids

   Support: All

   System IDs of neighboring end nodes. This attribute is supported
   only if the node is an end node and the owning circuit entity's
   characteristic type is not x25 da.
 

o  endnode nets

   Support: All

   NETs computed from the system IDs in the endnode ids status and
   the set of area addresses in the owning routing entity's manual
   area addresses set. This attribute is supported only if the node
   is an end node and the owning circuit entity's characteristic
   type is not x25 da.
 

o  holding timer

   Support: L1,L2

   Holding time for this adjacency, updated from the router-to-
   router Hello messages. This attribute is supported only if both
   the node and the adjacency are routers.
 

o  ip addresses

   Support: IP

   IP addresses of the neighbor node. If these are not known, the
   set is empty.
 

o  LAN address

   Data link address of the neighboring node on a broadcast circuit.
   This status is supported only if the owning circuit entity's
   characteristic type is csma-cd.
 

o  LAN priority

   Support: L1,L2

   Priority of the neighbor of this adjacency for becoming the LAN
   level 1 designated router (if the adjacency is a DECnet-Plus level
   1 router) or the LAN level 2 designated router (if the adjacency
   is a DECnet-Plus level 2 router).

   This status is supported only if the owning circuit entity's
   characteristic type is csma-cd; and the adjacency is a router
   rather than an end node.
 

o  level

   Support: L1,L2

   The level of the adjacency. This attribute is supported only if
   both the node and the adjacency are routers.

   Level 1      The adjacency is used for level 1 routing.

   Level 2      The adjacency is used for level 2 routing.

   Level 1 & 2  The adjacency is used for level 1 and level 2 routing.

   Level 0      The usage is undefined.
 

o  neighbor areas

   Support: L1,L2

   Area addresses of the neighboring node. This attribute is
   supported only if both the node and the adjacency are routers
   and the owning circuit entity's characteristic type is not x25
   da.
 

o  neighbor node id

   Support: L1,L2

   Node ID of the neighboring node.
 

o  neighbor node type

   Support: All

   Type of the neighboring node. This status is supported only if
   the owning circuit entity's characteristic type is not x25 da.

   non-dna        The node is not a DNA router.
   router

   phase iv       The node is a Phase IV end node.
   endnode

   phase iv       The node is a Phase IV level 1 router.
   level 1
   router

   phase iv       The node is a Phase IV level 2 router.
   level 2
   router

   DECnet-Plus    The node is a DECnet-Plus end node.
   endnode

   DECnet-Plus    The node is a DECnet-Plus level 1 router.
   level 1
   router

   DECnet-Plus    The node is a DECnet-Plus level 2 router.
   level 2
   router

   DECnet-Plus    The node is a DECnet-Plus router.
   router

   unknown        The node type is unknown.

   phase iv       The node is a Phase IV router.
   router
 

o  neighbor protocols supported

   Support: IP

   Network protocols supported by the neighboring node (either IP or
   ISO8473).
 

o  router nets

   Support: End

   Network Entity Title(s) (NETs) of a neighboring router. This
   status is supported only if the adjacency is a level 1 or level
   2 router, and the owning circuit entity's characteristic type is
   not x25 da.
 

o  state

   Support: All

   State of the routing circuit adjacency entity. May be one of the
   following:

   failed
   initializing
   up
   up/dormant
 

o  type

   Type of adjacency.

   autoconfigured Created by autoconfiguration.

   manual         Created manually by a create command.

   This attribute indicates whether the adjacency has been manually
   created, or whether the adjacency was created by means of hello
   PDUs. It will always have the value manual when it has been
   created by the create command; otherwise, it will have the value
   autoconfigured.



4  ip_address_translation

   show  [node node-id] routing -
      circuit circuit-name -
         ip address translation ip-address  attribute [,attribute...]
                                            all [attributes]
                                            all identifiers
                                            all status
 

5  Identifier
 

o  ip address

   IP address of the neighbor.
 

5  Status
 

o  LAN address

   Support: IP

   LAN address that corresponds to the IP address of this neighbor.



4  ip_reachable_address

   show  [node node-id] routing -
           circuit circuit-name -
            ip reachable address ip-address  attribute [,attribute...]
                                             all [attributes]
                                             all characteristics
                                             all identifiers
                                             all status

5  Characteristics
 

o  destination

   Support: L2,IP

   The IP address and subnet mask to which this reachable address
   refers. This value is derived from the destination argument of
   the create command. You cannot modify this characteristic.
 

o  dte addresses

   Support: L2,IP
   Default: No DTE        Value: Set of DTE addresses
   addresses

   A set of DTE addresses to which a call may be directed in order
   to reach an address that matches the subnet address given by the
   subnet address characteristic. You can modify this characteristic
   only when the entity is disabled.

   This characteristic is supported only if the owning circuit is an
   X.25 circuit.
 

o  metric

   Support: L2,IP
   Default: 20            Value: 1-maximum link cost

   Default metric value for reaching the specified subnet over this
   circuit. You can modify this characteristic only when the entity
   is disabled.
 

o  metric class

   Support: L2,IP
   Default: External      Value: External or internal

   Class of the default metric, which controls the preference for
   this route in the decision process.

   external The I/E bit for the default metric in the External
            Reachability Information option of level 2 link state
            packets is set to 1. The subnet address specified by
            this IP reachable address will have the same preference
            as level 2 external routes.

   internal The I/E bit for the default metric in the External
            Reachability Information option of level 2 link state
            packets is set to 0. The subnet address specified by
            this IP reachable address will have the same preference
            as level 2 internal routes.

   You can modify this characteristic only when the entity is
   disabled.
 

o  next hop

   Support: L2,IP
   Default: 0.0.0.0       Value: IP-address

   IP address of the neighboring node through which the destination
   is reachable. When you create this entity, this characteristic is
   set to the value of the IP address component of the destination
   argument of the create command if the IP reachable address is to
   an IP host.

   This characteristic is not used on circuits of type x25 da. You
   can modify this characteristic only when the entity is disabled.
 

5  Identifier
 

o  name

   Simple name assigned to the IP reachable address when it is
   created.
 

5  Status
 

o  state

   Status of the routing circuit reachable address entity.

   off   The IP reachable address is disabled.
   on    The IP reachable address is enabled.
 


4  reachable_address

   show  [node node-id] routing -
          circuit circuit-name -
           reachable address simple-name  attribute [,attribute...]
                                          all [attributes]
                                          all characteristics
                                          all identifiers
                                          all status
 

5  Characteristics
 

o  address prefix

   Support: L2,End
   Default: None                Value: Address Prefix

   Address prefix to which this reachable address refers. You cannot
   modify this characteristic. This characteristic is set
   by means of an argument to the create command.

   The value of this characteristic derives from an argument to the
   create command. This characteristic is supported only if
   the owning circuit has type set to x25 da.
                  


o  block size

   Support: End, type outbound
   Default: 0                   Value: 0-65536

   The data link block size to be used for this prefix.
   For an end system, the data link block size to be used for this
   prefix.  If the block size is set to the default, the manual block 
   size of the circuit will be used instead.  This attribute is 
   supported only if the type characteristic is set to outbound.
  
 
o  cost

   Support: L2
   Default: 20                  Value: 1-63

   Cost of reaching this address prefix over this circuit.
   

o  data format

   Support: L2
   Default: Phase V              Value: Phase IV (1) or Phase V (0)

   The PDU data format to be used when forwarding data (or error 
   report) NPDUs using this reachable address.

   This attribute is supported only if the type characteristic
   is set to outbound. You can modify this characteristic only when
   the entity is disabled.
     

o  dte addresses

   Support: End,L2
   Default: No DTE addresses={ }        Value: Set of DTE addresses

   A set of DTE addresses to which a call may be directed in order
   to reach an address that matches the address prefix of this
   reachable address.

   This characteristic is supported if the node is a level 2 router,
   where the owning circuit's characteristic type is one of the X.25
   circuit types, and the reachable address's characteristic type
   is outbound. It is also supported by end nodes operating over an
   x25 da circuit. You can modify this characteristic only when the
   entity is disabled.
      

o  ISDN address

   Support: L1,L2
   Default: { }                 Value: Set of ISDN addresses

   A full set of E.164 ISDN network addresses that a call may be
   directed in order to reach a network number that matches the
   address prefix of the parent reachable address entity. 
   Associated with each ISDN network address, but not visible to 
   Network Management, is a variable last failure of type binary 
   absolute time. This attribute is supported only if access type 
   is ISDN DA.

     
o  LAN address

   Support: L2,End
   Default: 00-00-00-00-00-00    Value: ID

   A single LAN address to which an NPDU can be directed in order
   to reach an address that matches the address prefix of the parent
   reachable address entity. This attribute is supported only if the 
   type characteristic is set to outbound on broadcast circuits only.
   A valid address is required here. 

   You can modify this characteristic only when the entity is 
   disabled.
   

o  mapping

   Support: End,L2
   Default: X.121               Value: Manual or X.121

   Type of mapping used to determine the SNPA address to which a
   call should be placed for this address prefix. You can modify
   this characteristic only when the entity is disabled. If the
   circuit is a broadcast circuit, this attribute must have the
   value manual.

   manual The mapping uses the set of addresses in the characteristic
          dte addresses or the address in the characteristic LAN
          address.

   X.121  The mapping uses the X.121 address extraction algorithm.

   This characteristic is supported only if either of the following
   conditions is satisfied:

   o  The node is a level 2 router or an end node, and the owning
      circuit's characteristic type is one of the X.25 circuit
      types; or

   o  The node is a level 2 router, the owning circuit's
      characteristic type is csma-cd, and the reachable address's
      characteristic type is outbound.


o  metric type

   Support: L2
   Default: Internal            Value: Internal, external

   The metric type of the cost metric for the circuits. If internal,
   the I/E bit for the metric in the Prefix Neighbors option of
   L2 LSPs is set to 0, otherwise (external) is set to 1.


o  modem addresses

   Support: L1,L2
   Default: { }                 Value: Set of modem addresses

   A set of full dial sequence that contains the address (PSTN or
   ISDN) to which a call may be directed in order to reach a
   network number that matches the address prefix of the parent
   reachable address) entity. Associated with each modem address,
   but not visible to Network Management, is a variable last 
   failure of type binary absolute time. This is valid only if 
   mapping is manual and the parent circuit entity's access time 
   is Modem DA.


o  modem address prefix       
   
   Support: L1,L2
   Default: L1,L2             Value: Address string

   The address that is to be inserted to the beginning of the address
   extracted from the NSAP address. This is valid only if mapping is 
   not manual and the parent circuit entity's access type is Modem 
   DA. It is used in conjunction with modem access suffix to form the 
   complete dial sequence.


o  modem address suffix       

   Support: L1,L2
   Default: L1,L2             Value: Address string

   The address that is to be inserted to the end of the address 
   extracted from the NSAP address. This is valid only if mapping 
   is not manual and the parent circuit entity's access type is 
   Modem DA. It is used in conjunction with modem access prefix to 
   form the complete dial sequencence.


o  permitted LAN address        

   Support: End
   Default: { }               Value: Set of LAN addresses

   The set of LAN addresses corresponding to routers that are 
   permitted to be used for forwarding to this prefix. This 
   attribute is supported only if the type characteristic is set 
   to filter on broadcast circuits only. The default is an empty 
   set, and at least one LAN address is required.
       

o  type

   Support: L2,End
   Default: Outbound        Value: Inbound, outbound, or filter

   Type of the reachable address. You can modify this characteristic
   only when the entity is disabled.

   inbound        For L2 only, the address prefix corresponds to a
                  Phase IV area that is reachable through this node
                  and circuit by inbound traffic.

   outbound       The address prefix is in an external domain
                  that is reachable over this circuit by outbound
                  traffic.

   filter         The address prefix defines a set of addresses that
                  should be reached via the set of routers listed 
                  in the permitted LAN address characteristic.
 

5  Identifier
 

o  name

   Simple name assigned to the reachable address when it is created.
 

5  Status
 

o  state

   State of the routing circuit reachable address entity.

   off   The reachable address is disabled.

   on    The reachable address is enabled.


3  destination_area

   show  [node node-id] routing -
        destination area address-prefix  attribute [,attribute]
                                         all [attributes]               
                                         all identifiers
                                         all status                     

   This is supported only on nodes that are Level 2 routers.


4  Identifier
 

o  name

   Address prefix associated with this destination area.
 

4  Status
 

o  cost

   Support: L2

   Cost of the least cost path(s) to this destination area.
 

o  output adjacencies

   Support: L2

   Set of routing circuit and routing circuit adjacency (or routing
   circuit reachable address) entity names that represent the
   forwarding decisions for this destination area.
 

3  destination_cache_(Tru64_UNIX)

   show  [node node-id] routing -
         destination cache address-prefix  attribute [,attribute...]
                                           all [attributes]
                                           all identifiers
                                           all status


4  Identifier

o  name

   Address prefix associated with this destination area.


4  Status

o  information

   The set of records containing cache information relating to 
   this address.   


3  destination_node

   show  [node node-id] routing -
          destination node node-id  attribute [,attribute...]
                                    all [attributes]
                                    all identifiers
                                    all status
 
   This is supported on only on Level 1 and Level 2 routers.


4  Identifier
 

o  name

   System ID associated with this destination node.
 

4  Status
 

o  cost

   Support: L1,L2

   Cost of the least cost path(s) to this destination node.
 

o  nets

   Support: L1,L2

   Set of NETs computed from the system ID that is the entity's
   name and the area addresses in the routing entity's manual area
   addresses set.
 

o  output adjacencies

   Support: L1,L2

   Set of routing circuit and routing circuit adjacency entity names
   representing the forwarding decisions for this destination node.



3  egp_group

   show  [node node-id] routing -
             egp group group-name  attribute [,attribute...]
                                   all [attributes]
                                   all characteristics
                                   all identifiers
                                   all status
 
   This is supported only on Level 2 routers that support dual
   routing (and, in particular, the EGP routing protocol).

4  Characteristics
 

o  autonomous system number

   Support: L2,IP
   Default: 0             Value: 0-65535

   The autonomous system number common to members of this group. You
   can modify this characteristic only when the entity is disabled.
   This attribute is supported only if the node is a level 2 router,
   and if the system supports dual routing (both DECnet and IP
   routing).
 

o  external routes

   Support: L2,IP
   Default: Receive       Value: Set of send,receive

   If the set includes receive, external gateway routes are accepted
   from neighbors in the group; if the set does not include receive,
   external gateway routes are discarded. If the set includes send,
   external gateway routes will be sent to neighbors in this group;
   if the set does not include send, external gateway routes are not
   sent. You can modify this characteristic only when the entity is
   disabled.
 

o  maximum active neighbors

   Support: L2,IP
   Default: 1             Value: 0-255

   The maximum number of neighbor systems in the group that this
   system will attempt to acquire and maintain in the Up state at
   any given time. You can modify this characteristic only when the
   entity is disabled.
 

o  receive metric class

   Support: L2,IP
   Default: External      Value: Internal or external

   The class to be associated with routes received from EGP
   neighbors in this group (unless overridden by a routing receive
   route entity). You can modify this characteristic only when the
   entity is disabled.
 

o  send local metric

   Support: L2,IP
   Default: 1             Value: 0-255

   The metric value to be used when announcing routes derived from
   local information (unless overridden by a routing send route
   entity). You can modify this characteristic only when the entity
   is disabled.
 

o  send metric classes

   Support: L2,IP
   Default: Internal      Value: Set of external,internal

   Routes received through routing protocols other than EGP with
   metric classes in this set are candidates for announcement
   in EGP messages sent to neighbors in this group, subject to
   route propagation policy. Routes with metric classes not
   specified in this set will not be announced. You can modify this
   characteristic only when the entity is disabled.
 

o  send replacement metric

   Support: L2,IP
   Default: 1             Value: 0-255

   Specifies the metric value to be used when announcing routes
   derived from non-EGP routing protocols (unless overridden by a
   routing send route entity). You can modify this characteristic
   only when the entity is disabled.
 

4  Identifier
 

o  name

   Simple name assigned to the EGP group when it is created.
 

4  Status
 

o  state

   Specifies the state of the routing egp group entity.

   off        The entity is disabled.

   on         The entity is enabled.



4  egp_neighbor

   show  [node node-id] routing - 
             egp group group-name -
              egp neighbor neighbor-name  attribute [,attribute...]
                                          all [attributes]
                                          all characteristics
                                          all counters
                                          all identifiers
                                          all status
 
   This is supported only on Level 2 routers that support dual
   routing (and, in particular, the EGP routing protocol).

5  Characteristics
 

o  circuit

   Default: None          Value: Circuit name

   Simple-name of the circuit.
 

o  ip address

   Support: L2,IP

   Internet address of this EGP neighbor. The value of this
   characteristic is derived from the ip address argument of the
   create command. You cannot modify this characteristic.
 

o  next hop

   Default: 0.0.0.0       Value: IP address

   IP address and the next routing node.
 

o  source network

   Default: 0.0.0.0       Value: Network number

   Network number to query.
 

5  Counters
 

o  creation time

   Support: L2,IP

   Time at which this entity was created.
 

o  error messages received

   Support: L2,IP

   Number of EGP error messages received from this neighbor.
 

o  error messages sent

   Support: L2,IP

   Number of EGP error messages sent to this neighbor.
 

o  messages received

   Support: L2,IP

   Number of EGP messages received without error from this neighbor.
 

o  messages sent

   Support: L2,IP

   Number of EGP messages sent to this neighbor. Note that this
   value does not include EGP messages counted by the counter send
   messages discarded.
 

o  received messages discarded

   Support: L2,IP

   Number of EGP messages received from this neighbor with any kind
   of error.
 

o  send messages discarded

   Support: L2,IP

   Number of EGP messages not sent to this neighbor because of
   resource limitations within the egp entity.
 

o  start events

   Support: L2,IP

   Number of times the EGP neighbor has been manually started.
 

o  stop events

   Support: L2,IP

   Number of times the EGP neighbor has been manually stopped.

5  Identifier
 

o  name

   Simple name assigned to the EGP neighbor when it is created.

5  Status
 

o  egp state

   Support: L2,IP

   EGP state of the system with respect to this EGP neighbor.

   acquisitionidle
   cease      up
   down
 

o  hello time

   Support: L2,IP

   Interval, in hundredths of a second, between retransmissions of
   EGP Hellos. This value represents the t1 timer defined in RFC
   904.
 

o  last event

   Support: L2,IP

   Specifies whether the last event issued on this EGP neighbor was
   a start or a stop event.

   start The last event was a start.
   stop  The last event was a stop. This is the value with which
         an EGP neighbor is created, before either a start or stop
         command has been issued.
 

o  polling mode

   Support: L2,IP

   Polling mode of the EGP entity with respect to this neighbor as
   either active or passive.
 

o  poll time

   Support: L2,IP

   Interval, in hundredths of a second, between retransmissions of
   EGP polls. This value represents the t3 timer defined in RFC 904.
 

o  state

   State of the routing egp group egp neighbor entity.

   off   The entity is disabled.
   on    The entity is enabled.
 

o  uid

   Entity's unique identifier, which is generated when the entity is
   created.



3  ip_destination_address

   show  [node node-id] routing -
      ip destination address address-name  attribute [,attribute...]
                                           all [attributes]
                                           all identifiers
                                           all status

   This is supported only on routers that support dual routing.
 

4  Identifier
 

o  name

   Subnet address of a destination subnetwork.
 

4  Status
 

o  level

   Support: L1,L2,IP

   Level at which the shortest path exists in the shortest paths
   database.

   Level 1

   Level 2 External

   Level 2 Internal
 

o  metric

   Support: L1,L2,IP

   Default metric value for the shortest path to the destination
   subnetwork.
 

o  paths

   Support: L1,L2,IP

   Equal cost paths for this route. For each path the following
   information is given:

   1. The name of the entity pair that represents the forwarding
      decision for this path (circuit and one of adjacency, IP
      adjacency, or IP reachable address).

   2. The routing mechanism through which the route was learned:

      o  Local: the route is derived from the subnet address or
         alternative subnet addresses characteristics of a local
         circuit.

      o  Netmgnt: the route is derived from manually configured
         information on the local system.

   3. The number of seconds since the route was last updated.



3  permitted_neighbor 

   show  [node node-id] routing -
         permitted neighbor neighbor-name  attribute [,attribute...]
                                           all [attributes]
                                           all characteristics
                                           all identifiers
 

4  Characteristics
 

o  id

   Support: All
   Default: No default    Value: Node ID

   Node ID of a potential neighbor node. You cannot modify this
   characteristic. This characteristic is set by means of an
   argument to the create command.
 

o  verifier

   Support: All
   Default: No verifier   Value: Hex string, length 0-38

   Verifier to be checked from this neighbor. You may change this
   characteristic at any time; however, the change will not take
   effect until the circuit is next initialized. You cannot display
   this characteristic.

   If the verifier is not set, then a connection to the neighboring
   node whose ID matches the ID in this entry is allowed. If the
   verifier is set, the connection is allowed only if the verifier
   sent by the remote node matches the one in this entry.
 

4  Identifier
 

o  name

   Simple name assigned to the permitted neighbor when it is
   created.
 

3  port

   show  [node node-id] routing -
                   port port-name  attribute [,attribute...]
                                   all [attributes]
                                   all counters
                                   all identifiers
                                   all status
 
   Examples:

   show routing port * name, client

   show routing port RTG$PORT21 all

4  Counters
 

o  creation time

   Support: All

   Time the entity was created.
 

o  data sdus received

   Support: All

   Number of data NSDUs delivered across Transport interface (after
   reassembly).
 

o  error reports received

   Support: All

   Number of error report PDUs delivered across Transport interface.
 

o  expired segments discarded

   Support: All

   Number of segments discarded because lifetime expired during
   reassembly.
 

o  ip packets reassembled

   Support: IP

   Number of IP packets that have been successfully reassembled from
   fragments.
 

o  sdus transmitted

   Support: All

   Number of data NSDUs requested for transmission across Transport
   interface.
 

o  segments discarded

   Support: All

   Number of segments (data- or error-report) discarded before
   delivery across the Transport interface, including segments
   discarded for any reason other than lifetime expiration during
   reassembly.
 

o  segments received

   Support: All

   Number of data- and error-report NPDUs received before
   reassembly.
 

4  Identifier
 

o  name

   Simple name assigned to the port when it is created.
 

4  Status
 

o  client

   Support: All

   Name given by the user of the port when the port was opened.
 

o  nsap addresses

   Support: All

   Set of NSAP addresses to be received at this port. This attribute
   is supported only if the status attribute type is not set to IP.
 

o  nsap selector

   Support: All

   Network service access point (NSAP) selector octet supplied
   by the client. This attribute is supported only if the status
   attribute type is not set to ip.
 

o  protocol type

   Support: IP

   Value of the IP protocol field specified by the client.
 

o  type

   Support: IP

   Type of connectionless network service to be used: IP or ISO8473.
 

o  uid

   Entity's unique identifier, which is generated when the entity is
   created.


2  session_control

   show  [node node-id] session control  attribute [,attribute...]
                                         all [attributes]
                                         all characteristics
                                         all counters
                                         all status

   Examples:  

   show session control naming search path

   show session control all


3  Characteristics
 

o  address update interval

   Default: 10            Values: 1-4294967296

   Specifies the minimum time (in seconds) allowed between updates
   of address information. More frequent modification to the set of
   local towers is prohibited. 
 
o  backtranslation search path

   Default: None	Values: Search-path-information

   Describes the order in which name services will be searched for
   address-to-node-name translation requests (when more than one 
   name service is in use on a node) and any associated naming 
   templates for each directory service.
                    

o  decnet-internet gateway enabled (Tru64 UNIX)

   Default: False         Value: True or false

   If true, the DECnet-Internet Gateway is enabled. 
 

o  decnet-internet gateway user (Tru64 UNIX)

   Name of a user under whose account to run gateway applications.
 

o  incoming proxy

   Default: True          Value: True or false

   Specifies whether to honor incoming proxy requests. If this
   attribute is set to false, requests to invoke proxies on incoming
   requests are ignored.
 

o  incoming timer

   Default: 45            Values: 0-65535

   Time (in seconds) to wait for a user module to issue an
   accept/reject call after a port enters a state indicating that
   a connection request was received. If the timer expires, Session
   Control aborts the transport connection with a timed out error.
   For OpenVMS, a zero (0) value directs Session Control to wait
   indefinitely without aborting the connection.
 

o  maintain backward soft links

   Default: False         Value: True or false

   Specifies whether Session Control should attempt to update
   the backward translation soft links when it detects an address
   change. If this attribute is set to false, Session Control will
   add no new backward translation soft links and it may delete any
   that it has created.
 

o  modify acs

   Default: True          Value: True or false

   Specifies whether Session Control should attempt to update the
   ACS (access control set) of the node object whenever it attempts
   to update the towers attribute for the node in the namespace.


o  naming cache checkpoint interval (OpenVMS)
   
   Default: 8 		  Value: Time

   Amount of time, in hours, between times when the address and
   node-name information is checkpointed to disk from the in-memory, 
   local naming cache.


o  naming cache entry (OpenVMS)

   Default: None	   Value: Name

   Address and node-name information for a node that has been 
   retrieved from a name service and is currently stored in the 
   in-memory, local naming cache.


o  naming cache timeout (OpenVMS)

   Default: 7 		Value: Time

   Amount of time, in days, after which the address and node-name
   information for a node is deleted from the in-memory, local 
   naming cache.


o  naming search path

   Default: None	Value: Search-path-information

   Describes the order in which name services will be searched for
   node-name-to-address translation requests (when more than one 
   name service is in use on a node), and any associated naming 
   templates for each name service.

   DNS Server nodes are required to specify DECdns as the first
   name service in this naming search path.  Additionally, DNS
   Server nodes must include the LOCAL name service somewhere in 
   this naming search path.  
                            

o  node synonym directory (Tru64 UNIX)

   Default: .DNA_NodeSynonym         Value: Full-name

   Full name of a DECdns directory that contains node synonyms.
 

o  non privileged user (OpenVMS)

   Specifies the Session Control on a non-privileged user account.
 

o  outgoing proxy

   Default: True          Value: True or false

   Specifies whether to invoke a proxy on outgoing connection
   requests when the user does not explicitly specify to do so.
   If this attribute is set to false, no proxy is invoked.
 

o  outgoing timer

   Default: 60            Values: 0-65535

   Time (in seconds) to wait for an outgoing transport connection
   to be accepted before Session Control aborts the connection with
   a timed out error. For OpenVMS, a zero (0) value directs Session
   Control to wait indefinitely without aborting the connection.
 

o  soft link timer (Tru64 UNIX)

   Default: 30 days       Value: Binary relative time

   Interval of time (in days) DECdns checks that an object pointed
   to by a backward translation soft link still exists.
 

o  update retry interval

   Default: 60            Values: 1-4294967296

   Time to wait before Session Control retries a failed attempt to
   update information in the namespace. The default is 60 minutes.
 
o  transport precedence

   Default: osi         Values: Set of osi or nsp

   Note: On the DECnet/OSI for Digital UNIX V1.0
         products the default was tp4 rather than osi.

   This command sets the order in which transports are selected when
   establishing a connection. The default order is to try OSI, then
   NSP. The command takes a set as input. Valid items in the set are
   SESSION CONTROL TRANSPORT SERVICE entity names.
 

o  version

   Default: Current version number

   Session control protocol version number. You cannot modify this
   characteristic.
 

3  Counters
 

o  access control violations

   Number of times Session Control has detected an access control
   violation event.
 

o  backtranslation deletions

   Number of times Session Control has detected a backtranslation
   deletion event.
 

o  bad backtranslation links

   Number of times Session Control has generated a bad
   backtranslation link event.
 

o  creation time

   Time this entity was created and all counters are zero. 
 

o  dangling link 

   Number of times Session Control has detected a dangling link
   event. 
 

o  deleted maintained objects

   Number of times Session Control has detected a deleted maintained
   object event.
 

o  verification failures

   Number of times Session Control has detected a verification
   failure event.
 

3  Status
 

o  backtranslation directory

   Name of the root directory of the backtranslation tree.
 

o  state

   Status of the session control entity.

   off            The entity is disabled.

   on             The entity is enabled.

   restricted     The entity is enabled and supports existing
                  transport connections; it initiates outgoing
                  transport connections, but it refuses incoming
                  connections unless the request meets system
                  privilege requirements. This function is only
                  supported on Tru64 UNIX.

   shut           The entity is enabled and supports existing
                  transport connections, but it refuses any
                  new connection requests. After all transport
                  connections disappear, the state will
                  automatically change to off. This function is
                  only supported on Tru64 UNIX.
 

o  uid

   Entity's unique identifier, generated when the entity is created.


3  application

   show  [node node-id] session control -
      application object-name-or-object-number  attribute [,attribute...]
                                                all [attributes]
                                                all characteristics
                                                all counters
                                                all identifiers
                                                all status
 
   You can identify an application with an object name or an object 
   number.  Usually, applications are identified by network object
   number 0, but you can optionally assign it a nonzero object number,
   in the range from 128 to 255.  A nonzero object number can be 
   specified without an application name.  Object numbers 1 through
   127 are reserved for use by Compaq.  Specific network services
   are identified by nonzero object numbers; for example, 27
   represents the mail utility.

   Examples:

   show session control application * name, addresses

   show session control application 26 all


4  Characteristics
 

o  addresses

   Default: Empty set     Value: Set of end-user specifications

   A set of end-user specifications, any one of which, when
   specified in the destination name field of an incoming connection
   request, causes applications defined by this entity to be
   invoked. 
 
   An end-user specification can be either a name or a number.  
   Usually, applications are identified by network object
   number 0, but you can optionally assign it a nonzero object number,
   in the range from 128 to 255.  A nonzero object number can be 
   specified without an application name.  Object numbers 1 through
   127 are reserved for use by Compaq.  Specific network services
   are identified by nonzero object numbers; for example, 27
   represents the mail utility.  
 
   For example, the task application uses the address set {name=task}, 
   and the mail application uses the address set {number=27}.

      
o  accept mode (Tru64 UNIX)

   Default: Immediate     Value: Immediate or deferred

   If accept mode is immediate, then session control will
   automatically accept the connection before activating the
   end user. If accept mode is deferred, then it is up to the
   program to accept or reject the connection. 
 

o  allow decnet-internet gateway access (Tru64 UNIX)

   Default: False         Value: True or false

   If true, this application supports gateway access. If the user
   name supplied by the incoming connect request contains a @ or
   !, the application spawner starts up the application under the
   session control DECnet-Internet Gateway user. 
 

o  client

   Data type: Entity name

   Identifies the name of the local user that will be activated
   upon receipt of a connect request containing a destination name
   matching one of the values in the destination names attribute.
 

o  data abstraction  (Tru64 UNIX)

   Default: Message       Value: Message or stream

   Type of data transfer interface the application will be using;
   message type or stream type. The message data abstraction is
   identical to the Sequenced-packet socket concept of the Phase IV
   session control. When writing applications, you should use the
   same data abstraction as that used by the program to which you
   connect.

   Table Data Abstraction Type Comparison compares Message and
   Stream data abstractions.

   Table 1-1 Data Abstraction Type Comparison

   Message Type           Stream Type

   Preserves message      Does not preserve message boundaries
   boundaries

   Compaq DECnet-Plus     Commonly used for Tru64 UNIX applications
   for OpenVMS default
   abstraction

   Not available on       Available on TCP/IP
   TCP/IP

   Supported by XTI       Supported by XTI 
 

o  image name

   Default: No image name      Value: File specification

   File name of a program to be invoked upon receipt of a connection
   request containing an address that matches one of the values
   contained in the set described by the addresses characteristic.
 

o  incoming alias (Tru64 UNIX)

   Specifies how a particular application responds to incoming
   connect requests directed to the alias node address. If False,
   the application does not allow a specified application to receive
   incoming connect requests that have been directed to the alias
   node address. 
 

o  incoming osi tsel (OpenVMS)

   Default: none          Value: hex-string

   A TSEL is a string of hex digits, the length of that string should 
   be an even number between 2 and 64, inclusive.

   The TSEL this image will accept connections for. This is similar
   to the destination names attribute. However, applications using
   this access point for in-connection matching do not use DNA
   Session Control protocol.
 

o  incoming proxy

   Default: True          Value: True or false

   Specifies whether to honor incoming proxy requests. If this
   attribute is set to false, requests to invoke proxies on
   incoming requests are ignored. The setting of this characteristic
   overrides the setting of the session control incoming proxy
   characteristic for the specified application. 
 

o  maximum instances (Tru64 UNIX)

   Default: 0

   Maximum number of simultaneous instances of this application
   allowed. If a connect request comes in for this application
   while the maximum number of instances exist, the connect request
   will be rejected with ObjectTooBusy. A value of 0 indicates no
   maximum.
 

o  network priority (OpenVMS)

   Default:  0            Value:  0-255

   When operating over CLNS, indicates network priority encoded in
   NPDU header for all transmitted packets.  It may be used by
   intermediate systems to assign the packets to queues of appropriate
   priority.
  

o  node synonym

   Default: False         Value: True or false

   Default form in which the remote node name is passed to the
   application.

   false The full node name is used.

   true  The node synonym is used; if no synonym is available, the
         full name is used.


o  outgoing alias (OpenVMS)

   Default: True	Value: True or false

   Specifies whether a particular object uses the alias node
   identifier in its outgoing connect requests. If false,
   the specified object is not allowed to use the alias node
   address in its outgoing connect requests. 


o  outgoingalias name (OpenVMS)

   Default: None	Value: fullname

   Specifies which alias name a particular object uses in its 
   outgoing connect requests when multiple aliases are in use.

   If you do not set an application outgoingalias name and the
   application has the outgoing alias set to true, the alias 
   name for which you set the alias port outgoing default true
   is used for outgoing connect requests.

   If you define application outgoingalias name, this supersedes
   the setting of alias port outgoing default.  So if the 
   application outgoing alias attribute is then set to false to
   disable the application outgoingalias name, the local node 
   name is used.

   If neither alias port going default nor application 
   outgoingalias name is set, the first alias created is used as
   the default for the system.  If this alias is not enabled,
   the local node name is used.


o  outgoing proxy (OpenVMS)

   Default: True	Value: True or false

   Default action to execute when user does not explicitly
   specify whether or not to invoke a proxy. 
 

o  programming interface (Tru64 UNIX)

   Default: Phase IV      Value: Phase IV or Phase V

   Programming interface used by the DECnet application (socket
   interface).
 

o  user name

   Default: None          Data type: Latin1String

   Identifies the default account under which the application is to
   run. For OpenVMS, if null then system defaults are used to select
   the user.
 

4  Counters
 

o  access control violations (Tru64 UNIX)

   Number of connect requests for this application entity for which
   access could not be granted. 
 

o  creation time

   Time the entity was created. 
 

o  resource failures (Tru64 UNIX)

   Number of times a connect request for this application was
   rejected due to a resource failure. Resource failures include
   ObjectTooBusy (for example, due to Maximum Instances reached)
   and File is nonexistent or not executable. 
 

o  total invocations (Tru64 UNIX)

   Number of instances of this application entity that have been
   invoked. 
 

4  Identifier
 

o  name

   Simple name assigned to the application when it is created.
 
4  Status
 

o  active instances (Tru64 UNIX)

   Number of active instances of this application that are currently
   running. 
 

o  last request (Tru64 UNIX)

   Time the last connect request for this application was received.
 

o  process identifiers (Tru64 UNIX)

   Specifies a set of processes that are active instances of the
   specified application. 
 

o  uid 

   UID allocated upon creation of this application subentity
   instance. 


3  backtranslation_softlink

   show  [node node-id] session control -
             backtranslation softlink name  attribute [,attribute...]
                                            all [attributes]
                                            all counters
                                            all identifiers
                                            all status

   Examples:

   show session control backtranslation softlink * all

   show session control backtranslation softlink -
        DEC:.DNA_BACKTRANSLATION.%X49.%X0004.%XAA0004008413 all

4  Identifier
 

o  name

   Simplename assigned when it was created.

4  status

o  uid

   Entity's unique identifier, generated when it was created.


o  target

   Target for the soft link.


o  network entity title

   Network entity title for this soft link.


o  state

   Status of this entity instance.  Values include create, 
   delete, exist and retarget.


o  last successful update

   Most recent time an update for this subentity succeeded.


o  last update completed

   Most recent time an update for this subentity completed.


o  last update started

   Most recent time an update for this subentity was initiated.


o  last failure reason

   Reason for the most recent update failure.

4  Counters

o  creation time

   Time when the subentity was created.


o  update failures

   Number of times an update for this subentity failed.


o  update successes

   Number of times an update for this subentity succeeded.

3  port

   show [node node id] session control -
                            port port-name  attribute [,attribute...]
                                            all [attributes]
                                            all counters
                                            all identifiers
                                            all status
 
   Examples:

   show session control port * name, remote end user address

   show session control port SCL$PORT$12040008 all


4  Counters
 

o  creation time

   Time the entity was created.
 

4  Identifier
 

o  name

   Simple name assigned to the port when it is created. This name
   is passed to the Transport layer as the client name in a call to
   open a port.
 

4  Status
 

o  accept mode (Tru64 UNIX)

   Value: Immediate or
   deferred

   If accept mode is immediate, Session Control automatically
   accepts the connection before activating the end user. If accept
   mode is deferred, it is up to the end user to accept or reject
   the connection.
 

o  auto disconnect (Tru64 UNIX)

                          Value: True or false

   True if Session Control will abort the transport connection for
   this port if Transport determines the network is partitioned. 
 

o  client

                          Value: Local-entity-name

   Network management name specified by the user of the port when it
   was opened. 
 

o  data abstraction (Tru64 UNIX)

                          Value: Message or stream

   Type of data transfer interface the application uses. 
 

o  direction

   Specifies whether the port is open to initiate an outgoing
   transport connection or to receive an incoming one.

   incoming       Port was opened to handle an incoming transport
                  connection.

   outgoing       Port is open to initiate an outgoing transport
                  connection.

   unknown        The port status is unknown at this time.

   listening      The port is open to receive incoming transport
                  connections.



o  incoming network priority (OpenVMS)

   Default:  None                      Value:  0-255

   Incoming network priority value received with incoming 
   connect events.



o  listening parent port (Tru64 UNIX)

                          Value: Local-entity-name

   Name of the session control port that this port came from as the
   result of a PollIncoming on the parent port.
 

o  local end user address

   Address assigned by the user of the port when it was opened. On
   outgoing connections this value is sent in the source name field
   of the connection request; on incoming connections this value is
   received in the destination name field of the request.
 

o  node name sent

   Node name that was received or sent in the connect request.
 

o  outgoing network priority (OpenVMS)

   Default:  None              Value:  0-255

   Outgoing network priority value passed to transport.
       

o  process identifier (OpenVMS)

   Default: None               Value: Hex string

   The Process Id of the process that owns the session port.
           


o  programming interface (Tru64 UNIX)

                          Value: Phase IV or DECnet-Plus

   Programming interface the DECnet application uses.  Compaq 
   DECnet for Tru64 UNIX uses this socket interface. 
 

o  proxy requested (Tru64 UNIX)

                          Value: True or false

   True if the request proxy bit was turned on in the
   connect request that was received or sent. 
 

o  queued connects (Tru64 UNIX)

                          Value: Integer

   Number of connect requests pending that PollIncoming has not
   dequeued yet. 
 

o  receive queue (Tru64 UNIX)

                          Value: Integer

   Number of octets of unread data queued.
 

o  remote end user address

   Address of the remote end user of the port. This value was
   either sent in the destination name field of an outgoing
   connection request or was received in the source name field of
   an incoming connection request. If the value of the direction
   attribute is incoming or unknown and no connection request has
   been received, the value of this attribute is null.
 

o  send queue (Tru64 UNIX)

                          Value: Integer

   Number of octets of unsent data queued.
 

o  transport port

                          Value: Local-entity-name

   Network management name of the transport port being used by this
   session control port.
 

o  version sent

   Version that was received or sent in the connect request.


3  proxy_(Tru64_UNIX)

   show  [node node-id] session control -
                               proxy name  attribute [,attribute...]
                                           all [attributes]
                                           all counters
                                           all identifiers
                                           all status
 

4  Identifier

o  name

   Simple name assigned to a particular entity instance. The name
   is the management identifier for the proxy database entry and
   is kept unique among the entries in this database maintained by
   Session Control.
 

4  Characteristics
 

o  applications

                          Value: Set of simple-name

   Set of application identifiers, one of which must match the
   application requested. If this attribute value is null, any
   requested application will match.
 

o  source end users

                          Value: Set of record

   Set of remote end users for whom this proxy entry applies. An
   unspecified end user implies all end users on the node specified
   in the same record. The record format has two fields: node which
   has a data type of fullname, and end user which has a data type
   of enduserspecification.
 

o  target user

   Default: None          Value: Latin1String

   Local user name under which access is granted.
 

o  type

   Default: Explicit      Value: Explicit or default

   Type of proxy entry. explicit means that the destination the
   user requested in the connect request must match the target user
   for this entry. default means if no explicit entry matches, this
   entry will be tried. An explicit proxy entry matches before a
   default one.
 

4  Counters
 

o  creation time

   Time the entity was created and associated counter attributes
   were zero.
 

o  used

   Number of times this proxy entry was used to gain access to one
   of the applications.
 

4  Status
 

o  last time used

   Last time this proxy entry was used to gain access to one of the
   applications.
 


3  tower_maintenance

   show  [node node-id] session control -
               tower maintenance fullname  attribute [,attribute...]
                                           all [attributes]
                                           all counters
                                           all identifiers
                                           all status

   Examples:

   show session control tower maintenance * all

   show session control tower maintenance DEC:.lkg.wzbang all

4  Identifier
 

o  name

   Fullname assigned to the tower maintenance entity when it is
   created.

4  Counters
 

o  creation time

   Time this entity was created.
 

o  update failures

   Number of times this entity detected an update failure event.
 

o  update successes

   Number of times that the DNA$Towers attribute of the DECdns
   object name associated with this entity has been successfully
   updated.
 

4  Status
 

o  client

   Network management name of the user who issued the keepmehere
   call that resulted in the creation of this entity.
 

o  higher towers

   Set of higher towers that was passed in the keepmehere call that
   created this entity. 
 

o  last failure exception (Tru64 UNIX)

   Reason for the most recent update failure. If no update for this
   subentity ever failed, then it is zero. 
 

o  last failure reason

   DECdns error code that indicates the reason for the last update
   failure.
 

o  last successful update

   Time of the last successful update to the DNA$Towers attribute
   for the specified entity. On OpenVMS, if no update for this
   subentity ever failed, then it is zero.
 

o  last update completed

   Time that the last attempt to update the DNA$Towers attribute
   completed (successfully or not).
 

o  last update started

   Time that the last attempt to update the DNA$Towers attribute for
   the specified entity was initiated.
 

o  uid

   Entity's unique identifier, which is generated when the entity is
   created. 
 

o  user (Tru64 UNIX)

   User name of the user who created this tower maintenance
   subentity with the keepmehere procedure call. This is different
   from client, which refers to a local entity name. 
 

3  transport_service

   show  [node node-id] session control -
        transport service transport-name  attribute [,attribute...]
                                          all [attributes]
                                          all counters
                                          all identifiers
                                          all status

   Examples:

   show session control transport service NSP all

   show session control transport service OSI all


4  Counter
 

o  creation time

   Time the entity was created.
 

4  Identifier
 

o  name

   Simple name assigned to the transport service when it is created.
 

4  Status
 

o  protocol

   Transport protocol used by this transport service, as specified
   by the user when this service was created. (See the create
   command description for a list of possible values.)
 

o  tsel

   Transport selector used by the OSI Transport Module to bind
   incoming connection requests to session control. 

   With Tru64 UNIX, the TSEL value is specified in a create command.
   This attribute is not applicable for NSP transport.


2  token_ring_(Tru64_UNIX)
     			            
   show  [node node-id] token ring  attribute [,attribute...]
                                    all [attributes]
                                    all characteristics


3  Characteristics

o  version

   Default: Current version number

   Version number of the Token Ring architecture specification to which
   the implementation conforms. You cannot specify this
   characteristic.


3  station

   show  [node node-id] token ring -
                 station station-name  attribute [,attribute...]
                                       all [attributes]
                                       all characteristics
                                       all counters
                                       all identifiers
                                       all status

4  Characteristics

o  aging timeout
   
   Default: 60 seconds	Value: 1--655

   Controls the timeout of the source routing information for nodes
   that the local node has not recently communicated with.


o  communication port

   Name of the hardware port associated with this station, taken
   from the corresponding argument in the create directive.
   You cannot modify this characteristic.


o  discovery timeout

   Default: 1 second	Value: 1--255

   Controls the timeout of the source routing discovery process.
  

o  etr

   Default: True	Value: True or false

   Determines if Early Token Release is in use on this station. 
   ETR may be supported only on 16 Mbps media. This attribute can 
   only be set in the off state.


o  maximum source routes

   Default: 1024	Value: 256-2048

   The maximum number of source route subentities this station will
   buffer.  Can only be set in the off state.
    

o  monitor contender

   Default: False	Value: True or false

   Determines if the station will try to become the Active Monitor, 
   if a lower addressed station starts the monitor contention process. 
   This attribute can only be set in the off state.


o  ring speed

   Default: Unknown	Value: 4 or 16 Mbps

   The data rate of the media. Can only be set in the off state.


o  station address

   Default: Hardware ROM address	Value: None

   The desired station address. Can only be set in the off state.
  

4  Counters

   Unless stated otherwise, counts include both normal and multicast 
   traffic and all protocol types, service access points (SAPs), and 
   protocol identifiers.
  

o  abort delimiter sent

   Number of times an abort delimiter was sent while transmitting.


o  auto-removal failures

   Number of times a failure during the beacon auto-removal process
   was detected and the station removed itself from the ring.


o  burst errors

   Number of times a lack of transitions was detected on the physical
   media.


o  creation time

   Time at which the station entity was created.


o  explorer frames received

   Number of SR explorer frames received by the source route entities.


o  explorer frames sent

   Number of source routing (SR) explorer frames sent by the
   source route entities.

     
o  frame copied errors

   Number of individually addressed frames received with
   the Address Recognized status bit = 1.


o  frequency errors

   Number of times an error was detected in the incoming signal
   frequency.


o  insertion failures

   Number of times that a ring insertion operation has failed.


o  internal errors

   Number of times a recoverable internal error was recognized.


o  line errors

   Number of times a CRC error or a non-data symbol in a frame or
   token with the E bit = 0 was detected.


o  lobe wire faults

   Number of times an open or shorted lobe data path was detected and
   the station removed itself from the ring.


o  lost frames

   Number of times this station has transmitted a frame and has
   failed to receive it for stripping before the Timer Return 
   to Repeat (TRR) timer expired.


o  multicast octets received

   Number of octets successfully received in multicast frames of type
   LLC. (The count does not include the MAC envelope.)


o  multicast octets sent

   Number of octets successfully sent in multicast frames of type LLC.
   (The count does not include the MAC envelope.)


o  multicast pdus received

   Number of multicast frames successfully received of type LLC.


o  multicast pdus sent

   Number of multicast frames successfully sent of type LLC.


o  octets received

   Number of octets successfully received in frames of type LLC.


o  octets sent

   Number of octets successfully sent in frames of type LLC.


o  pdus received

   Number of frames successfully received of type LLC.


o  pdus sent

   Number of frames successfully sent of type LLC.


o  receive data overruns
 
   Number of times a frame was lost due to system or adapter
   transfer failure.


o  receiver congestions

   Number of frames recognized as matching one of this station's
   individual, group, or functional addresses, but could not
   be received for lack of buffers in the adapter.


o  remove frames received

   Number of times a remove MAC frame has been received and the
   station removed itself from the ring.


o  ring beaconings

   Number of times the condition of receiving or transmitted Beacon
   frames was detected due to a hard error.


o  ring failures

   Number of times the station left the ring due to failure.


o  ring recoveries

   Number of times detected the ring is in the monitor contention
   process. Indicates that the ring has attempted to recover from a
   soft error problem.


o  ring poll errors

   Number of times an error was detected in the A&C bits
   during the ring poll process.


o  route discovery failures

   Number of times the route discovery process failed to find a route
   to another station.


o  selftest failures

   Total number of times a self-test of the station detected an
   error.


o  signal losses

   Number of times detected loss of signal on the physical media.


o  single station conditions

   Number of times detected being the only station in the ring.


o  soft error reports sent

   Number of times sent a report error MAC frame to the ring error
   monitor.


o  unavailable station buffers

   Number of times a frame was discarded because no station level
   buffers were available.


o  unavailable user buffers

   Number of times a frame was discarded because no user
   buffer was available.


o  unrecognized individual destination pdus

   Number of times a received individually addressed LLC frame was
   discarded because there was no data link port with a matching SAP, 
   SNAP PID, or Ethernet protocol type.


o  unrecognized multicast destination pdus

   Number of times a received LLC frame addressed to an enabled
   group or functional address was discarded because there was no 
   data link port with a matching SAP, SNAP PID, or Ethernet protocol 
   type.


o  token error

   Number of times when this station (when Active Monitor (AM)) has
   transmitted a new token due to errors on the ring.


o  transmit failures

   Number of times a transmit error, other than underrun occurred.
   Transmit error reasons can be tracked by event reasons, or by 
   observing other 802.5 counters.


o  transmit underruns

   Number of times a transmit underrun occurred.


o  transmitting beacons

   Number of times initiated transmitting beacon frames.

4  Identifier

o  name

   Simplename assigned to token ring station when it was created.

4  Status

o  authorized access priority

   The maximum transmit priority allowed for this station. The value
   is set by the ring parameter server.


o  authorized function classes
 
   The bit map of the authorized function classes for this station.


o  functional address

   The functional address bit map enabled in the adapter for the
   reception on this station.


o  group addresses

   The set of group addresses enabled in the adapter for reception 
   on this station.
    

o  insert error reason

   Reason code for an insertion error if there was a failure to 
   insert into the ring, or insertion successful if no error.

   no open		An error occurred during the insertion phase.

   bad parameters	Invalid options specified to the
     			adapter to insert into the ring.

   lobe fault		Lobe test fault or MAC frames were
     			received before physical insertion.

   signal loss		Signal loss condition was detected
     			during the insertion phase.

   timeout		Logical insertion onto the ring failed
     			before insertion timer expired.

   ring failure		Unable to receive its own ring purge
     			MAC frames after becoming the active monitor.

   ring beaconing	A beacon MAC frame was received
     			after physical insertion onto the ring.

   duplicate address	Another station on the ring already has the 
     			address this station wishes to use.

   parameter server 	A Ring Parameter Server (RPS) is present on 
   error		the ring but does not respond to a request 
     			initialization MAC frame.

   remove frame 	A remove station MAC frame
   received		was received during the insertion process.

   insertion successful	The insertion phase was successful.


o  link state

   Data link state of this ring station.

   off		Station is not on the ring.

   running	Station is available to the user for processing.

   initializing	Station is in process of inserting into the ring.

   recovery	Station is beaconing.

   contending	Station is participating in the monitor contention 
 		process.

   broken	Station has failed the insertion process.


o  MAC address

   The currently active station address value for which the data 
   link is receiving an individually addressed frame.


o  nearest upstream neighbor

   The MAC address of the last known upstream ring neighbor as heard
   from the ring poll process.


o  physical drop number

   The physical drop number assigned by the ring parameter server.


o  receive mode

   The receive mode of the station. Normal or promiscuous.


o  ring error reason

   Reason code for the most recent ring error detected by this 
   station or no error if none has occurred.

   no error	Successful operation, no error has occurred.

   ring in 	Claim token MAC frames were observed on the ring.
   recovery

   single 	It sensed this is the only station on the ring.
   station

   remove frame A remove ring station MAC frame request was 
   received	received and the station has deinserted from the 
     		ring.

   auto-removal	The auto-removal process has failed and the station 
   failure	has deinserted from the ring.

   lobe fault	An open or short circuit in the lobe wire cable was 
     		detected.

   transmitting	Beacon frames are transmitted to the ring.
   beacon

   soft error 	A report error MAC frame has been transmitted.
   frame sent

   beaconing 	Beacon frames are presently transmitted or received 
   condition	to or from the ring.

   signal loss	A loss of signal was detected on the ring.

   open in 	Station is in process of inserting into the ring.
   progress


o  ring number

   The local ring number as received from the ring parameter server.


o  ROM address

   The IEEE Universally Administered address present in the ROM of
   the adapter.


o  transparent source routing 

   State of transparent source routing support.


o  state

   Operational state of the station.


o  uid

   Entity's unique identifier, which is generated when the entity is
   created.

4  source_route

   show  [node node-id] token ring -
    station station-name- 
       source route sourceroute-id  attribute [,attribute...]
                                    all [attributes]
                                    all counters
     				    all identifiers
     				    all status

   This is supported on Tru64 UNIX only.

5  Counters

o  creation time

   Time at which the source route entity was created.


5  Identifiers

o  LANaddress

   The MAC address of the entity's destination station.


5  Status

o  routing information

   Source routing information to be used when communicating 
   with the entity's destination station.


o  state

   State of the source route entity.
   
   no route      No path known to the entity's destination 
                 address.

   on ring	 Destination station on the local token ring. 
     		 No source routing information needed.

   have route	 Destination station on a remote token ring. 
                 Entity contains valid source routing 
                 information.

   rediscovering Route discovery on the extended token ring 
                 is in progress.

   stale	 Had source route but the Aging Timer 
                 expired.

   weak route	 Entity was created as a result of a
     		 Spanning Tree Explorer multicast frame.

o  uid

   Entity's unique identifier, which is generated when the 
   entity is created.


4  FA_map

     			
   show [node node-id] token ring -
     station station-name -
            FA map famap-id  attribute [,attribute...]
                             all [attributes]
     	                     all characteristics
			     all counters
     			     all identifiers
     			     all status

   This is supported on Tru64 UNIX only.

5  Characteristics

o  functional address

   Functional address used to send or receive frames on the 
   token ring.


o  group address

   Group address used for sending or receiving frames.


o  SAP address

   LLC SAP address protocol of frames to be mapped. If SNAP
   SAP (AA) then the SNAP PID applies.


o  SNAP PID

   SNAP protocol identifier for SNAP SAP frames.


5  Counters

o  creation time

   Time at which the FA map entity was created.


5  Status

o  uid

   Entity's unique identifier, which is generated when the
   entity is created.

3  port

   show [node node-id] token ring -
                  port port-name  attribute [,attribute...]
     				  all [attributes]
                                  all counters
     				  all identifiers
     				  all status

   This is supported on Tru64 UNIX only.

4  Counters

o  creation time

   Time at which the port subentity was created.


o  multicast octets received

   Number of multicast user data octets successfully received and
   available to the data link user.  This counter is optional.


o  multicast octets sent

   Number of multicast user data octets successfully transmitted
   using the port. This counter is optional.


o  multicast pdus received

   Total number of multicast frames successfully received and 
   available the data link user.


o  multicast pdus sent

   Number of multicast frames successfully transmitted using the
   port. This counter is optional.


o  octets received

   Total number of user data octets successfully received and
   available to the data link user. This counter is optional.


o  octets sent

   Number of user data octets successfully transmitted using the
   port. This counter is optional.


o  pdus received

   Total number of frames successfully received and available 
   to the data link user.


o  pdus sent

   Total number of user frames successfully transmitted using 
   the port.


o  unavailable user buffers

   Number of times no user buffer was available at the port for an
   incoming frame.
        

4  Identifiers

o  name

   Simple name assigned to the port when it is created.


4  Status

o  client

   Name specified by the data user link when the port is opened.


o  ethernet protocol types

   Set of Ethernet protocol types that are recognized for this port.


o  FA map mode

   If set to enabled, indicates that functional address mapping is
   being performed. Specified by the user when the port is opened.


o  FA-GA map

   Set of functional-to-group address/PID mappings for this port.


o  length present

   Indicates whether a length field is used in Ethernet format frames
   sent or received on this port.


o  llc sap addresses

   Set of individual and group LLC SAP addresses that are recognized
   for this port.


o  llc service

   The LLC PDU processing the data link user requires from the port.
   Specified by the user when the port is opened.


o  mac addresses

   Set of individual and multicast MAC addresses that are recognized
   for this port.


o  receive mode

   If set to promiscuous, indicates if the port is to 
   frames regardless of MAC address. Or, on ports of type LLC, 
   regardless of Ethernet protocol type, SNAP protocol identifier, 
   or LLC SAP address.


o  station

   Name of the station subentity associated with this port.
   Specified by the user when the port is opened.


o  SNAP protocol identifiers

   Set of SNAP protocol identifiers that are recognized for this
   port.


o  source routing mode

   If set to transparent, indicates that transparent source routing 
   is in effect. Specified by the user when the port is opened.


o  type

   Type of port specified by the user when the port is opened.


o  uid

   Entity's unique identifier, which is generated when the entity is
   created.
         

2  x25_access

   show  [node node-id] x25 access  attribute [,attribute...]
                                    all [attributes]
                                    all characteristics
                                    all counters
                                    all status

3  Characteristics
 

o  maximum active ports

   Default: Implementation specific       Value: Implementation specific

   Total number of ports that can be active simultaneously. You
   cannot modify this characteristic. It is supplied as an argument
   to the create directive.
 

o  version

   Default: Current version number

   Version number of the X.25 architecture specification to
   which the implementation conforms. You cannot modify this
   characteristic.
 

3  Counters
 

o  creation time

   Time at which this entity was created.
 

o  incoming calls blocked

   Number of incoming calls that have been cleared at the X.25
   Access module because of security failures.
 

o  incoming calls failed

   Number of incoming calls that have been cleared at the X.25
   Access module for reasons other than security failures.
 

o  outgoing call configuration errors

   Number of calls that have failed due to misconfiguration of
   security management databases.
 

o  outgoing calls blocked

   Number of outgoing calls that have been cleared at the
   X.25 Access module because of security failures. 
    

o  pvc accesses blocked (Tru64 UNIX)

   Number of PVC accesses that have failed due to security blocking.
 

o  times port terminated

   Number of times the port terminated event has occurred.
 

3  Status
 

o  active ports

   Sum of the number of SVCs on which a call is either being set up
   or is in the data phase. Or, for OpenVMS, the number of PVCs
   that have been allocated to users.
 

o  state

   Status of the x25 access entity.

   off   The x25 access entity is disabled.

   on    The x25 access entity is enabled.
 

o  uid

   Entity's unique identifier, which is generated when the entity is
   created.


3  application

   show  [node node-id] x25 access -
         application application-name  attribute [,attribute...]
                                       all [attributes]
                                       all characteristics
                                       all identifiers
                                       all status
   Examples:

   show x25 access application * all

   show x25 access application X29_LOGIN all

   show x25 access application X25_MAIL file, user

4  Characteristics
 

o  account (Tru64 UNIX)

   Default: No service/account data               Value: String
   
   Default service or account identifier to be used when starting
   the applications process. 
 

o  activation data (Tru64 UNIX)

   Default: None                                  Value: String

   Data required to start the application process. This
   characteristic is optional. This attribute is not valid for
   an application of type X29 login. 
 

o  file

   Default: None                                  Value: File name

   Indicates the file name or command that is associated with starting a
   process for the represented application. This attribute is not valid
   for an application of type X29 login.
 

o  filters

   Default: None                                 Value: Set of names

   Set of filters that are associated with filtering calls for
   either X.25 or X.29 applications represented by this entity.
 

o  maximum activations (Tru64 UNIX)

   Default: 1                                    Value: 1-65535

   Maximum number of concurrent activations of the represented
   application that are possible. This characteristic is optional.
 

o  template (Tru64 UNIX)

   Default: No template                   	Value: String

   Template used by the application process to accept the incoming
   call. Attempting to set this attribute for an application of
   type X25 is not valid, and will generate a constraint error.
 

o  type

   Default: X25(0)                  Value: Enumerated (see description)

   Specifies the type of application.

   X25(0)         This application operates in X.25 mode

   X29(1)         This application operates in character mode.

   X29 login(2)   This is an application of X.29 type devoted
                  specifically to login sessions.
 

o  user

   Default: No user ID                        Value: String

   Default user identification to be used to start the application
   process. This attribute is not valid for an application of 
   type X29 login.
 

4  Identifier
 

o  name

   Simple name assigned to the application when it is created.
 

4  Status
 
o  state

   Default: None                 Value: On(0), Off(1)

   State of the application. This state can be changed by invoking
   the enable and disable directives.


3  dte_class

   show  [node node-id] x25 access -
                 dte class class-name  attribute [,attribute...]
                                       all [attributes]
                                       all characteristics
                                       all identifiers
                                       all status
   Examples:

   show x25 access dte class * name, type

   show x25 access dte class AUSTPAC all

4  Characteristics

o  account (OpenVMS)

   Default: No service/account data                 Value: String
   
   Default service or account data to be used when connecting to
   the X.25 server on the gateway system specified by the node
   characteristic or service node characteristic. This attribute is
   supported only for DTE classes with characteristic type remote.
 

o  DNIC 

   Default: Supplied by   Value: DTE address of 3 or 4 digits length
   profile

   The first part of the Network User Address (NUA). This takes
   one of two forms: Either it is in the form of the Data Network
   Identification Code (DNIC) and is specified by 4 digits, or it
   is in the form of a Data Country Code (DCC) and is specified by
   3 digits. If no profile is specified, the default is null. 
 

o  International prefix 

   Default: Supplied by            Value: DTE address of 1 digit only.
   profile

   First digit of an X.121 address to indicate an international or
   internetwork call. If no profile is specified, the default is a
   null DTE address. 
 

o  local dtes

   Default: No names                             Value: Set of names

   Names of the local x25 protocol dte entities that belong to this
   DTE class. Note that these DTE entities need not exist when their
   names are entered in this set; DTEs that do not exist when the
   DTE class is used are not considered when the DTE class is used
   for an outgoing call.

   If an x25 protocol dte entity has status attribute state set to
   running when its name is added to local dtes, you must disable
   the DTE entity and reenable it (see the disable x25 protocol dte
   and enable x25 protocol dte commands) in order for the DTE to be
   considered when this DTE class is used for an outgoing call.

   You can specify this characteristic only for DTE classes with
   characteristic type local. 
 

o  local prefix 

   Default: Supplied by            Value: DTE address of 1 digit only
   profile

   First digit of a DTE address to indicate a local call. If no
   profile is specified, the default is a null DTE address. 
 

o  node (OpenVMS)

   Default: No name                                Value: Full-name

   Node name of the remote gateway system on which the DTEs in this
   DTE class reside. Note that this characteristic is supported only
   if the service nodes characteristic is not supported.

   This characteristic is supported only for DTE classes
   with type characteristic set to remote. 
 

o  outgoing session template (OpenVMS) 

   Default: Default or no name                        Value: String
   (see description)

   Name of the OSI Transport template to be used by the X.25 client to
   connect to the X.25 server on the gateway system. The default value 
   default is valid only if OSI session control is being used. This 
   attribute is supported only for DTE classes with characteristic 
   type remote.
 

o  profile 

   Default: No profile                                Value: String

   Name of the profile that supplies the information required
   to perform X.121 mapping to or from a simple DTE address.
   The profile supplies the default values for the International
   prefix, Local prefix, DNIC and strip DNIC characteristics. This
   characteristic is specified by the profile argument in the create
   command. This argument is optional. 
 

o  security dte class

   Default: Default                                   Value: Name

   Name of the x25 access security dte class entity that controls
   inbound and outbound access using this DTE class. 
 

o  service nodes (OpenVMS)

   Default: No records                        Value: Set of records

   Names of the nodes that may be used as candidate X.25 gateway
   systems and their associated ratings. Each record consists of
   a full name that describes the candidate node and an integer
   that indicates its ratings. The records are listed in order
   of descending rating. Values are entered as [node=nodename,
   rating=integer]. The rating represents the maximum number of
   session control connections to the node pair.
 

o  strip DNIC 

   Default: False                             Value: True or false

   Defines whether the first part of the NUA (the DNIC or DCC
   specified by the DNIC characteristic) should be stripped for
   outgoing calls, and whether the network strips the first portion
   of the NUA from addresses it presents to the DTE. 
 

o  type

   Type of DTE class.

   local      The DTE class consists of local DTEs.

   remote     The DTE class consists of DTEs on a remote gateway
              system.

   The value of this characteristic is specified by the type 
   argument in the create command. 
 

o  user (OpenVMS)

   Default: No user ID                                 Value: String

   Default user identification to be used when connecting to the
   gateway system specified by the service nodes characteristic. 


4  Identifier
 

o  name

   Simple name assigned to the DTE class when it is created.
 

4  Status
 

o  usable dtes

   Set of DTEs that are enabled and belong to this DTE class. For
   outgoing calls, a DTE is picked from this set if it is eligible
   (that is, if its status attribute state is set to running). If
   there is more than one eligible DTE, a round-robin algorithm
   is used to select one of the eligible DTEs. A DTE is added to
   the set when it is enabled, and is removed from the set when
   it is disabled (see the enable x25 protocol dte and disable x25
   protocol dte commands).
 

3  filter

   show  [node node-id] x25 access -
                  filter filter-name  attribute [,attribute...]
                                      all [attributes]
                                      all characteristics
                                      all counters
                                      all identifiers
                                      all status
   Examples:

   show x25 access filter * name, incoming dte address

   show x25 access filter FILTER_1 all


4  Characteristics
 
o  call data mask

   Default: No mask       Value: Hex string

   Mask to be applied to call user data in an incoming call. The
   result is compared, octet by octet, with the call data value
   characteristic.
 

o  call data value

   Default: No call user data     Value: Hex string
   
   Call user data value to be matched by this filter. This value is
   compared, octet by octet, with the masked call user data in the
   call request. This string must have the same length as the string
   specified for the call data mask characteristic.
 

o  called address extension mask

   Default: No called address       Value: Hex string
   extension mask

   Mask to be applied to the called address extension in an incoming
   call. The result is compared, octet by octet, with the called
   address extension value characteristic.
 

o  called address extension value

   Default: No called address       Value: Hex string
   extension value

   Called address extension value to be matched by this filter.
   This value is compared, octet by octet, with the masked called
   address extension value. This string must have the same length
   as the string specified in the called address extension mask
   characteristic.
 

o  group

   Default: No group name         Value: Group name
   
   Name of the x25 protocol group entity to be matched by this
   filter. The DTE must belong to this group for the filter to
   match. Wildcards can be used in the group name.
 

o  inbound dte class

   Default: No DTE class          Value: Class name

   Name of the DTE class to be matched by this filter. The DTE must
   belong to this DTE class for the filter to match. This is the
   DECnet-Plus mechanism for specifying a local receiving DTE; see
   also the description of the receiving dte address characteristic.
   Wildcards can be used in the class name.

o  incoming dte address

   Default: No DTE address         Value: DTE address
   
   Value to be matched with the "called address" field of an
   incoming call packet. Wildcards can be used in the incoming
   DTE address.
 

o  originally called address

   Default: No address            Value: DTE address

   Value to be matched with the "originally called address" field of
   an incoming call that has been redirected. Wildcards can be used
   in the originally called DTE address.
 

o  called nsap

   Default: No NSAP address      Value: NSAP address
   
   Value to be matched against the called address extension field
   of an incoming call packet when the field contents are encoded in
   ISO format.
 

o  priority

   Default: 1             Value: 0-65535

   Filter's position in an ordered set of filters used for matching
   incoming calls.
 

o  receiving dte address

   Default: No DTE address        Value: DTE address
   
   Address that is used to match the DTE address of the local
   receiving DTE. This characteristic is included for backward
   compatibility with Phase IV; the DECnet-Plus mechanism uses the
   dte class characteristic. Wildcards can be used in the receiving
   DTE address.
 

o  redirect reason

   Default: Not specified           Value: See description
   
   Reason for matching a call that has been redirected.

   busy            The original destination was busy.
   
   not specified   Redirection was not checked.
   specified
   
   out of order    The original destination was not operational.
   
   systematic      Calls to the original destination are 
                   systematically redirected.

   This value must be the same as the redirect reason in the call
   request for the filter to match.
 

o  security filter

   Default: Default       Value: Security filter

   Name of the x25 access security filter entity that controls
   access to this filter. Wildcards can be used in the security
   filter name.
 

o  sending dte address

   Default: No DTE address       Value: DTE address
   
   Value to be compared with the "calling address" field of an
   incoming call packet. These values must be the same for the
   filter to match. Wildcards can be used in the sending DTE
   address.
 

o  subaddress range (OpenVMS VAX)

   Default: No range      Value: Set of one range

   Subaddress range value to be matched by this filter. Format the
   values to specify this subaddress range. This set must either
   be empty or contain exactly one value. This attribute has been
   retired; it has been included to allow the value of the attribute
   to be seen, but it cannot be modified.
 

4  Counters
 

o  creation time

   Time at which this entity was created.
 

o  incoming calls blocked

   Number of times that an incoming call that matched this filter
   has been cleared by security.
 

4  Identifier
 

o  name

   Simple name assigned to the filter when it is created.
 

4  Status
 

o  listener

   When the status attribute state is set to in use, this specifies
   the name of the entity that is the listener with which this
   filter is associated. When the status attribute state is set
   to free, this status is undefined.
 

o  state

   Status of the x25 access filter entity.

   free     The filter is not associated with a listener, and is
            therefore not currently used in matching incoming calls.
   
   in use   The filter is associated with a listener, and is currently
            being used to match incoming calls.
 

o  uid

   Entity's unique identifier, which is generated when the entity is
   created.


3  port

   show [node node-id] x25 access -
                    port port-name  attribute [,attribute...]
                                    all [attributes]
                                    all counters
                                    all identifiers
                                    all status
   Example:

   show x25 access port * name, call direction


4  Counters
 

o  data octets received

   Number of data octets received at the port.
 

o  data octets sent

   Number of data octets sent by the port.
 

o  pdus received

   Number of pdus received at the port.
 

o  pdus sent

   Number of pdus sent by the port.
 

o  reference time

   Time at which the port was created (if the circuit is a PVC), or
   the time at which the port was first used to send or receive a
   call at the X.25 user interface (if the circuit is an SVC).
 

o  segments sent

   Number of segments of data sent by this port.
 

o  segments received

   Number of segments of data received by this port.
 

4  Identifier
 

o  name

   Simple name assigned to the port when it is created.
 

4  Status
 

o  call association

   Name of the x25 access filter entity that matched an incoming
   call, or the name of the x25 access template entity used in
   making an outgoing call. This attribute is supported only if
   the status attribute port type is set to switched and the status
   attribute state is not set to open.
 

o  call direction

   Direction of the call on an SVC.

   incoming   The call is an incoming call.

   outgoing   The call is an outgoing call.

   This attribute is supported only if the status attribute port
   type is set to switched and the status attribute state is not set
   to open.
 

o  calling address extension

   Calling NSAP address that is carried transparently in an incoming
   or outgoing call packet. This attribute is supported only if
   the status attribute port type is set to switched and the status
   attribute state is not set to open.
 

o  calling dte address

   Calling DTE address in a call request or incoming call packet
   (depending on the value of the status attribute call direction).
   This attribute is supported only if the status attribute port
   type is set to switched and the status attribute state is not set
   to open.
 

o  channel

   Channel number of the underlying virtual circuit. This status
   is valid only if the port is at a gateway system and the status
   attribute state is not open.
 

o  client

   Name of the entity that opened the port.
 

o  dte class

   Name of the DTE class to which the DTE of the underlying virtual
   circuit belongs. This attribute is supported only if the status
   attribute state is not set to Open.
 

o  fast select

   Specifies whether fast select is in operation for the call.

   fast select        Fast select in operation.
   
   no fast select     Fast select not in operation.
   
   not specified      Facility not requested.
   
   with response      Fast select with response in operation.
 
   This attribute is supported only if the status attribute port
   type is set to switched and the status attribute state is not set
   to open.
 

o  group

   Name of the x25 protocol group entity (that is, CUG) associated
   with an incoming or outgoing call. This attribute is supported
   only if the status attribute port type is set to switched and the
   status attribute state is not set to open.
 

o  incoming packet size

   Packet size, in octets, for incoming data on a virtual circuit.
   This attribute is supported only if the status attribute state is
   not set to open.
 

o  incoming throughput class

   Throughput class for incoming data on a virtual circuit.
 

o  incoming window size

   Window size for incoming data on a virtual circuit.
 

o  local dte

   Name of the DTE entity associated with the call.
 

o  originally called address

   If a call is redirected, this is the DTE address from which the
   call was redirected; otherwise, the address is null. This status
   is valid only if the status attribute redirect reason is not
   [not] redirected. This attribute is supported only if the status
   attribute port type is set to switched and the status attribute
   state is not set to open.
 

o  outgoing packet size

   Packet size, in octets, for outgoing data on a virtual circuit.
   This attribute is supported only if the status attribute state is
   not set to Open.
 

o  outgoing throughput class

   Throughput class for outgoing data on a virtual circuit.
 

o  outgoing window size

   Window size for outgoing data on a virtual circuit. This
   attribute is supported only if the status attribute state is
   not set to open.
 

o  protocol identifier

   First four octets of call data in the call. This attribute is
   supported only if the status attribute port type is set to
   switched and the status attribute state is not set to open.
 

o  pvc 

   Name of the pvc to which this port belongs. This attribute
   is present only if the status attribute port type is set to
   permanent. 
 

o  redirect reason

   Specifies whether a call has been redirected and, if so, the
   reason for the redirection.

   busy            The call has been redirected because the original
                   destination was busy.
 
   not redirected  The call has not been redirected.
  
   out of order    The call has been redirected because the original
                   destination was not operational.
  
   systematic      The call has been redirected because all calls to
                   the original destination have been systematically
                   redirected.

   This attribute is supported only if the status attribute port
   type is set to switched and the status attribute state is not set
   to open.
 

o  remote port

   Port at the source (that is, accessing) node (when the client is
   an X.25 server).
 

o  reserved

   If the port is associated with a reserved Logical Channel Number
   (LCN), this specifies the name of the local DTE entity on which
   the LCN is reserved. A null string indicates that the port is
   not associated with a reserved LCN. This attribute is supported
   only if the status attribute port type is set to switched and the
   status attribute state is not set to open.
 

o  reverse charging

   Specifies whether reverse charging is in operation for the call.
   This attribute is supported only if the status attribute port
   type is set to switched and the status attribute state is not set
   to open.
 

o  state

   Status of the x25 access port entity.

   called         A call has been received and taken by a user.

   calling        A user is making a call.

   cleared        A Clear Indication or Clear Confirmation packet
                  has been received, or the X.25 Protocol module has
                  detected an error.

   cleared by     The port was cleared by network management.
   directive

   clearing       A user has requested that the call should be
                  cleared.

   no communi-    Communications with the PSDN have been lost.
   cation

   open           The port is open.

   running        The associated virtual circuit is available for
                  data transfer.

   synchronizing  A user has requested a reset, but the network has
                  not yet responded with a Reset Confirmation or
                  Reset Indication packet.

   unsynchronized A Reset Indication packet has been received, or
                  the X.25 Protocol module has detected an error
                  and the user has not yet responded with a reset
                  request.
 

o  target address extension

   Called NSAP address that is transparently carried in an incoming
   or outgoing call packet. This attribute is supported only if
   the status attribute port type is set to switched and the status
   attribute state is not set to open.
 

o  target dte address

   Called DTE address in a call request or incoming call.

   This attribute is supported only if the status attribute port
   type is set to switched and the status attribute state is not set
   to open.
 

o  type

   Specifies that the port represents an SVC.

   switched       The circuit is an SVC.
 
   permanent      The circuit is a PVC.


3  reachable_address

   show  [node node-id] x25 access -
         reachable address address-name  attribute [,attribute...]
                                         all [attributes]
                                         all characteristics
                                         all identifiers
   Examples:

   show x25 access reachable address * name, address prefix

   show x25 access reachable address X121 all


4  Characteristics
 

o  address extensions

   Default: True                                Value: True or false

   Specifies whether the "called address extension" and "calling 
   address extension" fields to be included in the outgoing call 
   packet.
 

o  address prefix

   Address prefix to trigger the use of DTE class and destination.
   Supplied as an argument to the create command. You cannot modify
   this characteristic.
 

o  destination

   Default: No DTE address                      Value: DTE address
   
   Manually entered DTE address. This address is used only if the
   mapping characteristic has the value manual.
 

o  dte class

   Default: No class name                       Value: Class name
   
   Name of the DTE class to be used in making the outgoing call. If
   not specified, any DTE class may be used.
 

o  mapping

   Default: X.121                              Value: Manual or X.121

   Mechanism by which the destination DTE address is to be derived.

   manual       The destination DTE address is supplied manually 
                by means of the destination characteristic.

   X.121        The destination DTE address is derived by an 
                algorithm from an NSAP address in X.121 format. 
                X.121 address mapping may only be specified with 
                address prefixes of 36, 37, 49, 52 and 53.
 

4  Identifier
 

o  name

   Simple name assigned to the reachable address when it is needed.

3  security_dte_class

   show  [node node-id] x25 access -
        security dte class class-name  attribute [,attribute...]
                                       all [attributes]
                                       all identifiers
                                       all status
   Examples:

   show x25 access security dte class * name

   show x25 access security dte class Default all


4  Identifier
 

o  name

   Simple name assigned to the security DTE class when it is
   created.
 

4  Status
 

o  guarded dte classes

   Names of the DTE classes that are protected by this security DTE
   class.


4  remote_dte

   show  [node node-id] x25 access -
       security dte class class-name -
                   remote dte dte-name  attribute [,attribute...]
                                        all [attributes]
                                        all characteristics
                                        all counters
                                        all identifiers

   Examples:

   show x25 access security dte class Default -
        remote dte * name, rights identifiers

   show x25 access security dte class Default -
        remote dte remdte-0 all

 
5  Characteristics
 
o  acl

   Default: No acl        Value: Access control list

   Access Control List (ACL) that is used when checking outbound
   calls to the set of DTE addresses that this remote DTE
   represents. Wildcards can be used in the identifiers that form 
   part of each Access Control Entry (ACE) in an Access Control 
   List (ACL).
 

o  remote address prefix

   DTE address prefix for this remote DTE. The value of this
   characteristic is specified by the remote address prefix argument
   in the create command. You cannot modify this characteristic.
 

o  rights identifiers

   Default: No rights identifiers    Value: Set of names
   
   Rights identifiers possessed by this remote DTE. It is used for
   incoming call checking against the ACL attribute of a security
   filter entity that is used to guard a filter.
 

5  Counters
 

o  creation time

   Time at which the entity was created.
 

o  incoming calls blocked

   Number of times that an incoming call that matched the remote
   address prefix for this remote DTE has been blocked by security.
 

o  outgoing calls blocked

   Number of times that an outgoing call that matched the remote
   address prefix for this remote DTE has been blocked by security.
 

5  Identifier
 

o  name

   Simple name assigned to the remote DTE when it is created.
 

5  Status
 

o  uid

   Entity's unique identifier, which is generated when the entity is
   created.
 

3  security_filter

   show  [node node-id] x25 access -
         security filter filter-name  attribute [,attribute...]
                                      all [attributes]
                                      all characteristics
                                      all identifiers
                                      all status

   Examples:

   show x25 access security filter * name, acl

   show x25 access security filter Default all
 

4  Characteristic
 

o  acl

   Default: No acl        Value: Access control list

   Access control list that is used for checking inbound calls for
   all filters using this security filter. Wildcards can be
   used in the identifiers that form part of each Access Control
   Entry (ACE) in an Access Control List (ACL).
 

4  Identifier
 

o  name

   Simple name assigned to the security filter when it is created.
 

4  Status
 

o  guarded filters

   Names of the x25 access filters that are protected by this security 
   filter.


3  template

   show  [node node-id] x25 access -
              template template-name  attribute [,attribute...]
                                      all [attributes]
                                      all characteristics
                                      all identifiers
   Examples:

   show x25 access template * name

   show x25 access template "OSI Transport" all


4  Characteristics
 

o  call data

   Default: No call user data       Value: Hex string
   
   Call user data to be sent in the call.
 

o  calling address extension

   Default: No NSAP address        Value: NSAP address
   
   Calling Network Service Access Point (NSAP) address is to be
   passed to a higher-level entity within the called DTE. A null
   address indicates that this facility is not included in the
   outgoing call.
 

o  charging information

   Default: False              Value: True or false

   Specifies whether charging information is requested for this
   call.
 

o  destination dte address

   Default: No DTE address      Value: DTE address
  
   Address of the remote DTE, including the remote subaddress (if
   any), to which the call is directed.
 

o  dte class

   Default: No DTE class name     Value: Class name
   
   Name of the DTE class to be used for the call.
 

o  end-to-end delay

   Default: [0..0]        Value: Range (see description)

   Lower and upper bounds of the acceptable end-to-end delay for the
   call. A zero value for either bound indicates that no range is
   included in the outgoing call.
 

o  expedited data

   Default: Not specified       Value: See description
   
   Specifies whether expedited data is requested for the call.

   do not use      Expedited data is not in use.
   
   not specified   Expedited data is not requested.
   
   use             Expedited data is in use.
 

o  fast select

   Default: Not specified        Value: See description
   
   Specifies whether fast select is requested for the call.

   fast select      Fast select is in use.

   no fast select   Fast select is not in use.
   
   not specified    Fast select is not requested.
   
   with response    Fast select with response is in use.
    

o  local facilities

   Default: No facilities            Value: Hex string
 
   Non-CCITT facilities that are available from the local PSDN.
   The string is placed in the outgoing call request packet without
   modification. The contents and interpretation of this string are
   implementation-dependent.
 

o  local subaddress

   Default: No DTE address        Value: DTE address
   
   Local subaddress to be appended to the calling DTE address in the
   call.
 

o  network user identity

   Default: No network user identity    Value: Hex string
  
   Network user identity to be included in the call packet. The
   format of the network user identity is specified by the PSDN
   administration.
 

o  nsap mapping

   Default: False                  Value: True or false

   Specifies whether an x25 access reachable address entity is used
   to map the supplied NSAP address to a destination DTE class/DTE
   address pair.
 

o  packet size

   Default: Supplied by profile     Value: 0-4096
   
   Packet size, in octets, for transmitted and received data
   packets. The value must be a power of 2 in the range 0 to 4096.
   The value zero indicates that no packet size is included in the
   outgoing call.
 

o  quality of service

   Default: No data                Value: Hex string

   Quality of service data. The contents and interpretation of this
   string are implementation-dependent.
 

o  reverse charging

   Default: False                   Value: True or false

   Specifies whether reverse charging is requested for the call.
 

o  rpoa sequence

   Default: No DTE address         Value: Set of DTE addresses
   
   Private Operating Agency sequence of transit networks to be used
   in setting up the call. Format the values to specify a set of
   DTE addresses. Each DTE address is four digits long. An empty set
   indicates that no sequence is included in the outgoing call.
 

o  selected group

   Default: No group name           Value: Group name
  
   Name of the x25 protocol group entity that represents the CUG
   selected for the call. The index for group is included in the
   facility field of the call request packet.
 

o  target address extension

   Default: No NSAP address        Value: NSAP address
   
   Called NSAP address to be sent to the called DTE should be
   supplied by a higher-level entity in the calling DTE. A null
   address indicates that this facility is not required.
 

o  throughput class request

   Default: [0..0]        Value: Range (see the following
                          description)

   Minimum acceptable throughput class (the lower bound of the
   range) and the target throughput class (the upper bound of the
   range) for a call. The only legal range values are as follows:

   0              2400
   75             4800
   150            9600
   300            19200
   600            48000
   1200

   The range 0-0 indicates that no throughput class is included in
   the outgoing call.
 

o  transit delay selection

   Default: 0                     Value: Integer

   Desired transit delay. A zero value indicates
   that no value is included in the outgoing call.
 

o  window size

   Default: Supplied by profile     Value: 0-127
   
   Window size for transmitted and received data packets. A zero
   value indicates that no window size is included in the outgoing
   call.
 

4  Identifier
 

o  name

   Name assigned to the template when it is created.



2  x25_client_(OpenVMS)

   show  [node node-id] x25 client  attribute [,attribute...]
                                    all [attributes]
                                    all characteristics
                                    all counters
   Example:

   show x25 client all
 

3  Characteristics
 

o  incoming session template

   The session control template specified for an open/incoming 
   connection at the end-user session control interface. This 
   characteristic is an optional argument on the create command.
 

o  maximum session connections

   Default: None                  Value: 1-65535

   Maximum number of session control connections supported by this
   module. This characteristic is an optional argument on the create
   command. You cannot modify this characteristic.
 

o  version

   Default: Current version number

   Version number of the X.25 Gateway Access Protocol to which the
   implementation conforms. You cannot modify this characteristic.
 

3  Counters
 
o  connection attempts failed

   Number of session control connect requests that have failed
   prematurely or that have been rejected by the X.25 server at
   the gateway system.
 

o  creation time

   Time at which this entity was created.
 

o  times session control unavailable

   Number of times session control was not found or state of session
   control was not enabled.
 

3  Status
 

o  active inbound session connections

   Number of inbound session control connections to the X.25 Client
   module.
 

o  active outbound session connections

   Number of outbound session control connections to the X.25 Client
   module.
 

o  state

   Current state of the entity (on or off).
 

o  uid

   Entity's unique identifier, which is generated when the entity is
   created.



2  x25_protocol

   show  [node node-id] x25 protocol  version
                                      all [attributes]
                                      all characteristics
 

3  Characteristic
 

o  version

   Default: Current version number

   Version of DNA X.25 architecture to which this implementation
   conforms. You cannot modify this characteristic.


3  dte

   show [node node-id] x25 protocol -
                       dte dte-name  attribute [,attribute...]
                                     all [attributes]
                                     all characteristics
                                     all counters
                                     all identifiers
                                     all status
   Examples:

   show x25 protocol dte * name, call timer

   show x25 protocol dte dte-0 all


4  Characteristics
 

o  call timer

   Default: Supplied by profile     Value: Bounded by profile
   
   Elapsed time, in seconds, before which a clear packet is sent
   for outgoing calls from the DTE that have received no response. A
   zero value indicates that no clear is sent.
 

o  ccitt version

   Default: 1984                    Value: 1-9999

   Version of the CCITT X.25 recommendations to which the DTE
   conforms.
 

o  clear timer

   Default: Supplied by profile     Value: Bounded by profile
   
   Value of the retransmit timer for outgoing clear packets from the
   DTE. The default value is profile dependent.
 

o  default packet size

   Default: 128           Value: 16-4096 raised to the power of 2

   Default packet size, in octets, for all virtual circuits on the
   DTE. The value must not be less than the value of the minimum
   packet size characteristic.
 

o  default window size

   Default: 2             Value: 1-127

   Default window size for all virtual circuits on the DTE; that
   is, the default number of unacknowledged packets. This value
   must not be greater than the value of the maximum window size
   characteristic, and must not be less than the value of the
   minimum window size characteristic.
 

o  description

   Manufacturer, product name and version of the hardware platform
   of the DTE.
 

o  extended packet sequencing

   Default: False                  Value: True or false

   Specifies whether the extended packet sequencing facility is
   subscribed to, in which modulo 128 packet numbering is used. If
   false, extended packet sequencing is not used. The profile may
   provide overriding default or legal values.
 

o  inbound dte class

   Default: No DTE class name      Value: Simple-name
   
   Name of the DTE class to be associated with all incoming calls to
   the DTE. You must specify this characteristic before you enable
   the DTE. The x25 access dte class entity to which the name refers
   must exist when you enable the DTE.
 

o  incoming list

   Default: (0-4095) ranges       Value: Set of range (0-4095)
   
   Channel number ranges that define the Logical Channel Numbers
   (LCNs) that are available for calls on incoming or bothway
   channels. Format the values to specify a set of channel number
   ranges. Each channel number is the concatenation of the logical
   channel group number and logical channel number of an SVC on the
   DTE.
 

o  interface type

   Default: DTE           Value: See description

   Interface mode in which the packet protocol for the DTE will
   operate. You can modify this characteristic only when the entity
   is disabled.

   dce          DCE mode.
   
   dte          DTE mode.
   
   negotiated   The interface mode is negotiated with the other end
                to be either DTE or DCE. This value applies only to
                point-to-point links.
 

o  interrupt timer

   Default: Supplied by profile       Value: Bounded by profile
   
   Value of the interrupt timer. This timer is started when an
   interrupt packet is sent. If no interrupt confirmation packet
   is received before the timer expires, a reset is caused. A zero
   value indicates that there is no timer.
 

o  link service provider

   Default: No link service provider name       Value: Full-name
   
   Name of the link service provider entity used by the DTE. You
   must give this characteristic a value before you enable the DTE.
 

o  maximum active circuits

   Default: 4096           Value: 1-4096

   Maximum number of virtual circuits that can be active at any time
   on the DTE. This characteristic cannot be set.
 

o  maximum clear attempts

   Default: Supplied by profile     Value: Bounded by profile
   
   Number of times that sending a clear packet can be attempted on
   a virtual circuit on the DTE. The value 1 indicates that a clear
   packet is sent only once; that is, there are no retries.
 

o  maximum packet size

   Default: 128           Value: 16-4096 raised to the power of 2

   Maximum packet size, in octets, for all virtual circuits on the
   DTE. This value must be greater than or equal to the value of the
   minimum packet size and default packet size characteristics.
 

o  maximum reset attempts

   Default: Supplied by profile       Value: Bounded by profile
   
   Number of times the DTE attempts to send a reset packet. The
   value 1 indicates that a reset packet is sent only once; that is,
   there are no retries.
 

o  maximum restart attempts

   Default: Supplied by profile       Value: Bounded by profile
   
   Number of times that any virtual circuit on the DTE attempts
   to send a restart packet. The value 1 indicates that a restart
   packet is sent only once; that is, there are no retries.
 

o  maximum throughput class

   Default: 4800          Value: See description

   Maximum value for the throughput class (65535) of any virtual
   circuit on the DTE. The value specified must be one of the
   following: 0, 75, 150, 300, 600, 1200, 2400, 4800, 9600, 48000,
   or 64000. The value must be greater than or equal to the value of
   the minimum throughput class characteristic.
 

o  maximum window size

   Default: 2             Value: 1-127

   Maximum number of unacknowledged packets for all virtual
   circuits on the DTE. This value must be greater than or equal
   to the value of the minimum window size and default window size
   characteristics.
 

o  minimum packet size

   Default: 128           Value: 16-4096 raised to the power of 2

   Minimum packet size, in octets, for all virtual circuits on the
   DTE. This value must be less than or equal to the value of the
   maximum packet size and default packet size characteristics.
 

o  minimum throughput class

   Default: Supplied by profile      Value: Bounded by profile
   
   Minimum throughput class for any virtual circuit on the DTE. The
   value specified must be one of the following: 0, 75, 150, 300,
   600, 1200, 2400, 4800, 9600, 48000, or 64000. The value must be
   less than or equal to the value of the maximum throughput class
   characteristic.
 

o  minimum window size

   Default: 2             Value: 1-127

   Minimum window size for all virtual circuits on the DTE. This
   value must be less than or equal to the value of the maximum
   window size characteristic.
 

o  outgoing list

   Default: [1...4095]    Value: Set of range (0-4095)

   Channel number ranges that define the LCNs that are available
   for calls on outgoing or two-way channels. Format the values to
   specify a set of channel number ranges. Each channel number is
   the concatenation of the logical channel group number and logical
   channel number of an SVC on the DTE.
 

o  profile

   Default: No profile name
   
   Name of the profile that provides subscription details of the
   PSDN to which the DTE is connected. This characteristic cannot be
   set, it is specified when the DTE is created.
 

o  reset timer

   Default: Supplied by profile       Value: Bounded by profile
   
   Value of the retransmit timer for outgoing reset packets from the
   DTE. The default value is profile-dependent.
 

o  restart timer

   Default: Supplied by profile       Value: Bounded by profile
   
   Value of the retransmit timer for outgoing restart packets from
   the DTE. The default value is profile dependent.
 

o  segment size

   Segment size specified for data sent at this DTE.
 

o  x25 address

   Default: No DTE address           Value: DTE-address
   
   Full address of the DTE. You must give this characteristic a
   value before you enable the DTE.
 

4  Counters
 

o  allocated pvc failures (OpenVMS)

   Number of times allocated PVCs have failed. 
 

o  calls failed

   Number of outgoing or incoming calls on the DTE that were either
   rejected or were disconnected during the data phase.
 

o  creation time

   Time at which this entity was created.
 

o  data octets received

   Number of data octets received on all virtual circuits on the
   DTE.
 

o  data octets sent

   Number of data octets sent on all virtual circuits on the DTE.
 

o  data PDUs received

   Number of data packets received on all virtual circuits on the
   DTE.
 

o  data PDUs sent

   Number of data packets sent on all virtual circuits from the DTE.
 

o  diagnostic packets

   Number of diagnostic packets received on all virtual circuits on
   the DTE.
 

o  down transitions

   Number of times the status attribute state has changed from on to
   off, synchronizing, or unsynchronized.
 

o  fast selects received

   Number of Fast Select requests received at the DTE.
 

o  fast selects sent

   Number of Fast Select requests sent from the DTE.
 

o  illegal packets

   Number of illegal packets received at the DTE.
 

o  incoming calls connected

   Number of successful call requests received at the DTE.
 

o  locally initiated resets

   Number of times a reset was initiated by the local X.25 Protocol
   module.
 

o  locally initiated restarts

   Number of times a restart was initiated by the local X.25
   Protocol module.
 

o  network initiated resets

   Number of times a reset was received.
 

o  network initiated restarts

   Number of times a restart was received.
 

o  outgoing calls connected

   Number of successful call requests sent from the DTE.
 

o  protocol errors

   Number of protocol errors detected at the DTE.
 

o  reject packets

   Number of reject packets received at the DTE.
 

o  retry failures

   One of the maximum retry counts has been reached.
 

o  up transitions

   Number of times the status attribute state has changed from off,
   synchronizing, or unsynchronized to on.
 

4  Identifier
 

o  name

   Simple name assigned to the DTE when it is created.
 

4  Status
 

o  available outgoing channels

   Number of LCNs enumerated by the outgoing list characteristic
   that are available for use.
 

o  dte class

   DTE classes to which the DTE belongs.
 

o  interface mode

   Mode in which the DTE is operating.
 

o  groups

   Groups to which the DTE belongs.
 

o  state

   Status of the x25 protocol dte entity.

   off             The DTE is disabled, and all virtual circuits are
                   terminated.
   
   running         The DTE is enabled and synchronized at Protocol
                   layer 3.
   
   synchronizing   A restart operation initiated at the packet level
                   is in progress.
   
   unsynchronized  The line between the DTE and DCE is not
                   synchronized at Protocol layer 2.
 

o  last state change

   Time at which the last change of state occurred.
 

o  uid

   Entity's unique identifier, which is generated when the entity is
   created.
 

4  pvc 

   show  [node node-id] x25 protocol -
                           dte dte-name -
                              pvc pvc-name  attribute [,attribute...]
                                            all [attributes]
                                            all characteristics
                                            all counters
                                            all identifiers
                                            all status
   Examples:

   show x25 protocol dte dte-1 pvc * name, channel

   show x25 protocol dte dte-1 pvc PVC-1 all
 

5  Characteristics
 

o  acl

   Default: No access     Value: Access-control-list
   control list

   Access control list that controls access to this PVC.
 

o  channel

   Default: No default    Value: 0-4095

   Concatenated logical channel group and logical channel number
   for the PVC. The value of this characteristic derives from an
   argument to the create command.
 

o  packet size

   Default: No default    Value: 16-4096

   Packet size for the PVC, in octets. The value must be a power
   of 2 in the range 16 to 4096. The value of this characteristic
   derives from an argument to the create command.
 

o  window size

   Default: No default    Value: 1-127

   Window size for the PVC. The value of this characteristic derives
   from an argument to the create command.
 

5  Counters

These counters record values over the lifetime of a PVC. For
counters that refer to use of the PVC by individual clients, see
the x25 access port entity.
 

o  accesses blocked

   Number of times an attempt to open a PVC has failed because of
   security.
 

o  creation time

   Time at which this entity was created.
 

o  data octets received

   Number of octets received by the PVC since it was created.
 

o  data octets sent

   Number of octets sent by the PVC since it was created.
 

o  data pdus received

   Number of data PDUs received by the PVC since it was created.
 

o  data pdus sent

   Number of data PDUs sent by the PVC since it was created.
 

o  pvc failures

   Number of times the PVC has failed while the entity has been
   allocated.
 

5  Identifier
 

o  name

   Simple name assigned to the PVC when it is created.
 

5  Status
 

o  allocated

   True if the PVC is allocated to a user. False if otherwise.
 

o  port

   X25 Access port with which the PVC is associated.
 

o  uid

   Entity's unique identifier, which is generated when the entity is
   created.


3  group

   show  [node node-id] x25 protocol -
                       group group-name  attribute [,attribute...]
                                         all [attributes]
                                         all characteristics
                                         all counters
                                         all identifiers
                                         all status
   Examples:

   show x25 protocol group * name, type

   show x25 protocol group GROUP-0 all

4  Characteristics
 

o  members

   Default: No DTEs       Value: Set of records

   DTEs at a gateway system that make up the group. Format the
   values to specify a set of records. Each record consists of a
   name that identifies an X25 protocol dte entity and an integer
   (in the range 0 to 9999) that identifies the CUG number assigned
   by the network. If a DTE is already created and enabled and is
   then added to the set of members, it must be disabled and re-
   enabled to service the specified CUG number or BCUG.
 

o  remote dte address

   Default: No DTE address      Value: DTE-address
   
   DTE address to be associated with this entity for matching x25
   access security dte class remote dte entities for both incoming
   and outgoing calls. This characteristic is only supported if the
   characteristic type is bcug.
 

o  type

   Default: BCUG          Value: CUG, BCUG, or CUGOA

   Type of the CUG.

   cug   Normal CUG.
   bcug  Bilateral CUG.
   cugoa CUG outgoing access.
 

4  Counters
 

o  creation time

   Time at which this entity was created.
 

o  incoming calls blocked

   Number of times that an incoming call to a bilateral CUG has been
   blocked by security from accessing a filter.
 

o  outgoing calls blocked

   Number of times that a call has been blocked by security from
   accessing this bilateral CUG.
 

4  Identifier
 

o  name

   Simple name assigned to the group when it is created.
 

4  Status
 

o  uid

   Entity's unique identifier, which is generated when the entity is
   created.
 

2  x25_relay_(Alpha)

   show  [node node-id] x25 relay  attribute [,attribute...]  
                                   all [attributes]
                                   all characteristics     

3  Characteristics 
 

o  maximum active connections

   Maximum number of active connections supported by this module.
   This characteristic is an optional argument on the create
   command. You cannot modify this characteristic.
 

o  version

   Version number of the X.25 Relay architecture to which this
   implementation conforms. You cannot modify this attribute.


3  client

   show  [node  node-id] x25 relay -
                    client client-name  attribute [,attribute...]
                                        all [attributes]
                                        all characteristics
                                        all counters
                                        all identifiers
                                        all status
 

4  Characteristics
 

o  DTE class

   Default: No DTE class         Value: Simple-name

   Name of the x25 access DTE class entity to use when making the
   outgoing call.
 

o  filters

   Default: No filters            Value: Set of simple names

   Set of filters that are listened to by this client. Each name
   is the name of an x25 access filter entity. For the add and set
   commands, the x25 relay client entity must be in the Off state
   before the filters attribute can be modified.
 

o  rights identifiers

   Default: No rights identifiers    Value: Set of simple names
   
   Set of rights identifiers that this client possesses. It is used
   when placing the outgoing call.
 

o  template

   Default: No template               Value: Simple name

   Name of the x25 access template entity to be used for the
   outgoing call.
 

4  Counters
 

o  connections failed

   Number of times that a connection setup has failed.
 

o  connections lost

   Number of times that a successfully established connection has
   been abnormally terminated.
 

o  connections made

   Number of connections that have been made successfully.
 

o  creation time

   Time at which this entity was created.
 

4  Identifier
 

o  name

   Simple name assigned to the client when it is created.
 

4  Status
 

o  active connections

   Number of connections that are currently active on this client. A
   connection is a pair of incoming/outgoing calls. This value does
   not include connections that are still waiting to be established.
 

o  state

   Specifies the state of the x25 relay client entity.

   off   The entity is disabled.

   on    The entity is enabled.
 

o  uid

   Entity's unique identifier, which is generated when the entity is
   created.


3  pvc

   show [node node-id] x25 relay -
                     pvc pvc-name  attribute [,attribute...]
                                   all [attributes]
                                   all characteristics
                                   all counters
                                   all identifiers
                                   all status
 

4  Characteristics
 
o  local PVC 

   Default: No PVC name           Value: Simple name

   Name of the PVC entity that represents the local end of the
   connection.
 

o  remote DTE class

   Default: No DTE class          Value: Simple name

   DTE class to be used when setting up the remote end of the
   connection. It is only specified if the relayed PVC does not
   reside on the local system. This attribute is only applicable
   to connector nodes, and will not be visible in other 
   implementations.
 

o  remote PVC

   Default: No PVC name           Value: Simple-name

   Name of the PVC entity that represents the relayed end of the
   connection.
 

o  retry limit

   Default: 10                    Value: 0-65535

   Number of attempts that will be made to set up the PVC connection
   following the failure of an enable command. This attribute is
   only applicable to connector nodes, and will not be visible
   in other implementations.
 

o  retry timer

   Default: 60                    Value: 1-65535

   Interval, in seconds, between retries. This attribute is only
   applicable to connector nodes, and will not be visible in
   other implementations.
 

o  rights identifiers

   Default: No rights identifiers    Value: Set of simple names
   
   Rights identifiers possessed by this entity. These rights are
   used to access the local PVC and relayed PVC if it resides on the
   local system.
 

4  Counters
 

o  connections made

   Number of successful connections made by this entity.
 

o  creation time

   Time at which this entity was created.
 

o  times connections lost

   Number of times that a successfully established PVC connection
   has been abnormally terminated.
 

o  times retry limit exceeded

   Number of times that the retry limit has been reached when trying
   to set up a PVC connection.
 

4  Identifier
 

o  name

   Simple name assigned to the PVC when it is created.
 

4  Status
 

o  state

   State of the x25 relay pvc entity.

   failed   The retry mechanism has failed to set up the connection.
   
   off      The PVC is disabled.
   
   on       The PVC is enabled.
   
   retrying The Retry timer is running.
 

o  uid

   Entity's unique identifier, which is generated when the entity is
   created.



2  x25_server

   show  [node node-id] x25 server  attribute [,attribute...]
                                    all [attributes]
                                    all characteristics
                                    all counters
                                    all status
 
3  Characteristics
 

o  incoming session template (Tru64 UNIX)

   The Session Control template specified on an OpenIncoming
   invocation at the End User Session Control interface. You cannot
   modify this characteristic.
 

o  maximum session connections

   Default: 512           Value: [1..65535]

   Maximum number of session control connections with clients that
   the entity can support. This includes both incoming and outgoing
   connections. You cannot modify this characteristic.
 

o  version

   Default: Current version number

   Version number of the X.25 Gateway Access Protocol to which the
   implementation conforms. You cannot modify this characteristic.
 

3  Counters
 

o  connection attempts failed

   Number of session control connection requests to clients that
   have failed, due either to exceeding the maximum number of
   connections or rejection by X.25 clients in accessing systems.
 

o  creation time

   Time at which this entity was created.
 

o  times session control unavailable

   Number of times the session control unavailable event was raised.
 

3  Status
 

o  active inbound session connections

   Current number of active inbound session control connections with
   clients.
 

o  active outbound session connections

   Current number of active outbound session control connections
   with clients.
 

o  state

   Current state of the x25 server entity.

   off   The x25 server entity is disabled.

   on    The x25 server entity is enabled.
 

o  uid

   Specifies the entity's unique identifier, which is generated when
   the entity is created.
 

3  client

   show  [node node-id] x25 server -
                    client client-name  attribute [,attribute...]
                                        all [attributes]
                                        all characteristics
                                        all identifiers
                                        all status
 

4  Characteristics
 

o  account (OpenVMS)

   Default: No service/account data                    Value: String
   
   Default service or account data to be used when connecting to the
   system hosting the X.25 client.
 

o  application

   Default: 36                         Value: End-user-specification

   Address information used by the destination Session Control
   module to select the X.25 client that will receive the connection
   request.
 

o  destination (OpenVMS)

   Default: No client name                         Value: Full-name
  
   Name of the X.25 client to which a connection is to be made when
   delivering a "filtered" call.
 

o  filters

   Default: No default                    Value: Set of simple names

   Set of filters to be used by the server to filter calls for
   this X.25 client. Each name is the name of an x25 access filter
   entity.
 

o  node

   Default: No node name                           Value: Full-name

   Name of the node that hosts the X.25 client to which connection
   is to be made. This characteristic is supported only if the
   service nodes characteristic is not supported.
 

o  outgoing session template (OpenVMS)

   Default: Default template                    Value: Simple-name
   
   Transport template to be used by the X.25 server to set up a
   session control connection to the X.25 client. The name is the
   name of an osi transport template entity.
 

o  password

   Default: No password                            Value: String

   Default password to be used for verification when connecting
   to the system that hosts the X.25 client. You cannot
   display this characteristic with the show command.
 

o  service nodes (Tru64 UNIX)

   Default: Empty set             Value: Set of candidate records

   Set of nodes that host the x25 client entities to which
   connections can be made. 
 

o  user

   Default: No user id                               Value: String

   Default user identification to be used in access verification
   when connecting to the system that hosts the X.25 client.
 

4  Identifier
 

o  name

   Simple name assigned to the client when it is created.
 

4  Status
 

o  state

   Status of the x25 server client entity.

   off   The x25 server client entity is disabled.

   on    The x25 server client entity is enabled.
 

3  security_nodes

   show  [node node-id] x25 server -
            security nodes simple-name  attribute [,attribute...]
                                        all [attributes]
                                        all characteristics
                                        all counters
                                        all identifiers
                                        all status
 

4  Characteristics
 

o  nodes

   Default: No node names          Value: Set of full-name
   
   DNS full names of accessing systems, or the wildcard full name.
 

o  rights identifiers

   Default: No rights identifiers     Value: Set of simple names
   
   Set of rights identifiers to be associated with the set of nodes
   named in the nodes characteristic for purposes of access control
   to DTE classes at the gateway node.
 

4  Counters
 

o  creation time

   Time at which this entity was created.
 

o  outgoing calls blocked

   Number of times that an attempt to establish a call or use a PVC
   has failed for security reasons.
 

4  Identifier
 

o  name

   Simple name assigned to the security node when it is created.
 

4  Status
 

o  uid

   Entity's unique identifier, which is generated when the entity is
   created.

2  xot_(OpenVMS_Alpha)

   Shows the X.25 Over TCP/IP module and its attributes.

   show  [node node-id] xot attribute [,attribute...]
                            all [attributes]
                            all characteristics
                            all status

   Examples:

   show xot currently active connections

   show xot maximum connections


   PORT and SAP are subentities of XOT.

3  Characteristics

o  version

   The version of the XOT implementation, initially "1.0.0".  
   You cannot modify this characteristic.


o  maximum connections

   Default: 256                          Value: 1-65535
   
   The maximum number of connections allowed.  Note that each
   XOT SAP LINK entity is limited to 4095 connections.  The
   Maximum Connections attribute sets the limit for connections
   over all existing XOT SAP LINK entities.

3  Status

o  uid

   The universal identifier of the XOT module, which is generated
   when the entity is created.


o  currently active connections

   The number of currently active XOT connections, that is, the
   number of XOT PORTs.


3  port

   Shows a XOT PORT entity which provides information on an
   active XOT connection over TCP/IP.  Ports are created and
   deleted dynamically as X.25 connections are requested.

   show  [node node-id] xot -
              port port-name  attribute [,attribute...]
                              all [attributes]
                              all counters
                              all identifiers
                              all status

   The port-name can be either a wildcard, or it can be a
   simple name that uniquely identifies a particular port 
   instance.  XOT port-names are automatically created in 
   the form XOT-port-xxxx, where xxxx is a 4 digit 
   hexadecimal value indicating the port number.  

   Examples:

   show xot port * client, link, direction

   show xot port XOT-port-0000 all


   

4  Counters

o  creation time

   The time that the port entity was created.


o  octets received

   The number of data octets received from TCP/IP for the port.


o  octets sent

   The number of data octets sent to TCP/IP from the port.


o  pdus received

   The number of data PDUs (X.25 packets) received from TCP/IP.


o  pdus sent

   The number of data PDUs (X.25 packets) sent to TCP/IP.



4  Identifiers


o  name

   The simple name assigned to the port when it was created.  It
   will consist of xot-port-xxxx, where xxxx is the hexadecimal
   representation of the connection id.  


4  Status


o  client   

   The client of the port, that is, the name of the X25 
   PROTOCOL DTE entity.


o  link

   The XOT SAP LINK entity with which this port is associated.


o  protocol state

   The state of the XOT protocol over this port:

      Idle        The port is idle.

      Running     The port is running.

      Connecting  The entity is making an X.25 connection.

      Failed      The port connection failed.


o  direction

   Whether the port is inbound or outbound.


o  type

   The type of X.25 connection:  PVC or SVC.


o  uid

   The universal identifier of the PORT entity, which is generated
   when the entity is created.


3  sap

   Shows a XOT SAP entity which specifies the point at which 
   the XOT entity gains access to the TCP/IP environment for
   the purposes of listening for inbound XOT connections.

   show  [node node-id] xot -
               sap sap-name  attribute [,attribute...]
                             all [attributes]
                             all characteristics
                             all counters
                             all identifiers
                             all status

   The sap-name can be either a simple name that uniquely
   identifies a particular SAP instance, or a wildcard
   to identify multiple SAP instances.

   Examples:

   show xot sap * all 

   show xot sap sap-0 local ip address, state


   LINK is a subentity of XOT SAP.

4  link

   Shows a XOT SAP LINK entity which represents a remote 
   system with which XOT is allowed to communicate.

   show  [node node-id] xot -
     sap sap-name link link-name attribute [,attribute...]
                                 all [attributes]
                                 all characteristics
                                 all counters
                                 all identifiers
                                 all status


   The sap-name must be a simple name which uniquely 
   identifies a particular SAP instance.  The link-name
   can be either a simple name that uniquely identifies 
   a particular LINK instance, or a wildcard to identify 
   multiple LINK instances.

   Examples:

   show xot sap sap-0 link * remote IP address, state

   show xot sap sap-0 link link-0 all

5  Characteristics

o  remote IP address

   Default:  0.0.0.0            Value: IP Address

   Specifies the remote IP address of the cooperating
   XOT system that implements RFC1613.  The IP address
   is specified as a numeric address in the
   form a.b.c.d.


o  remote rfc1613 port number

   Default:  1998               Value: TCP port number

   Specifies the TCP port number to use for an outgoing
   connection.  The remote system must be listening for
   inbound XOT connections on this port.
                


5  Counters

o  creation time

   The time that the XOT SAP LINK entity was created.


o  connects sent

   The number of connection requests sent.


o  connects received

   The number of connection requests received.


o  disconnects sent

   The number of disconnect requests sent.


o  disconnects received

   The number of disconnects received.


o  octets sent

   The number of data octets sent from TCP/IP for
   all ports on the link.


o  octets received

   The number of data octets received from TCP/IP
   for all ports on the link.


o  pdus sent

   The number of X.25 packets sent from TCP/IP
   for all ports on the link.


o  pdus received

   The number of X.25 packets received from TCP/IP
   for all ports on the link.


o  connects failed

   The number of times an attempt to establish an
   outgoing connection failed.


o  link state changed

   The number of times that the link has changed
   state from enabled to disabled or disabled to
   enabled.


o  protocol errors

   The number of protocol errors that occurred.

 
5  Identifiers

o  name

   The simple name assigned to the LINK entity 
   when it was created.


5  Status

o   state

    The state of the LINK entity:

      On        The LINK is enabled

      Off       The LINK is disabled


o   uid

    The universal identifier of the LINK entity,
    which is generated when the entity is created.


4  Characteristics


o  local IP address

   Default:  0.0.0.0                      Value: IP Address

   The IP interface (identified by the address) where the 
   SAP entity will listen.  Any available interface is 
   specified with the address of 0.0.0.0.  This characteristic
   is mainly set when a system has multiple TCP/IP interfaces.

   By default, XOT's single SAP entity is configured to listen
   on all available IP interfaces (as specified by the local IP
   address 0.0.0.0).  You can create multiple SAP entities, each
   listening on a unique IP address.  However, if you create 
   more than one SAP entity, you must assign each entity a 
   unique IP address; no SAP entity can use the 0.0.0.0 address.


o  local RFC1613 port number

   Default:  1998                         Value:  TCP port number

   The port number on which the SAP entity will listen for 
   inbound XOT connections.  Compaq strongly recommends that you
   use the value 1998 as specified in RFC1613.


4  Counters


o  creation time

   The time that the XOT SAP entity was created.


o  connections rejected

   The number of times an inbound connection was rejected.


o  sap state changed

   The number of times that the SAP entity state changed.


4  Identifiers

o  name

   The simple name assigned to the SAP entity when it was created.


4  Status

o  state

   The state of the SAP entity:

     On                   The entity is enabled.

     Off                  The entity is disabled.

     Connecting To PWIP   The entity is connecting to TCP/IP.


o  uid

   The universal identifier of the SAP entity, which is generated 
   when the entity is created.